Medianet Group Technologies Inc

MEDIANET GROUP TECHNOLOGIES INC

FORM 10-K (Annual Report)

Filed 01/31/12 for the Period Ending 09/30/11

Address 5200 TOWN CENTER CIRCLE SUITE 601 BOCA RATON, FL 33486 Telephone 561-362-7704 CIK 0001097792 Symbol MEDG SIC Code 7389 - Business Services, Not Elsewhere Classified Industry Computer Services Sector Technology Fiscal Year 09/30

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 0-49801

MEDIANET GROUP TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Nevada 13 -4067623 (State or other jurisdiction (I.R.S. Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.)

5200 Town Center Circle, Suite 601 Boca Raton, FL 33486

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) (561) 417-1500 Registrant's telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $0.001 (Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No

Note - Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Yes No

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of March 31, 2011 was $12,694,878.

As of March 31, 2011, 318,586,463 shares of the registrant ’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, were outstanding and -0- shares of the registrant’s Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. None

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I Item 1 Business 1 Item 1A Risk Factors 10 Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments 24 Item 2 Properties 24 Item 3 Legal Proceedings 24

PART II Item 5 Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 25 Item 6 Selected Financial Data 26 Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 26 Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 37 Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 37 Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 37 Item 9A Controls and Procedures 38 Item 9B Other Information 42

PART III Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance 42 Item 11 Executive Compensation 47 Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 51 Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 58 Item 14 Principal Accounting Fees and Services 61

PART IV Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 61

Signatures 64

Item 1. Business

Forward Looking Statements

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may be "forward-looking statements." Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that express our intentions, beliefs, expectations, strategies, predictions or any other statements relating to our future activities or other future events or conditions. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our business based, in part, on assumptions made by our management. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements due to numerous factors, including those described above and those risks discussed from time to time in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the risks described under "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and in other documents which we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

In addition, such statements could be affected by risks and uncertainties related to our financial condition, factors that affect our industry, market and customer acceptance, competition, government regulations and requirements and pricing, as well as general industry and market conditions and growth rates, and general economic conditions. Any forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, other than as required by Federal securities laws, we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Background and Corporate Information

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. (the “Company,” “MediaNet,” “we,” or “us”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on June 4, 1999, under the name of Clamshell Enterprises, Inc. We were formed as a "blind pool" or "blank check" company whose business plan was to seek to acquire a business opportunity through a merger, exchange of stock, or other similar type of transaction. On March 31, 2003, we completed a business acquisition by acquiring all of the issued and outstanding common stock of ShutterPort, Inc. in a share exchange transaction. We issued 5,926,662 shares of Common Stock in the share exchange transaction pursuant to which ShutterPort’s shareholders received one share of our Common Stock for each share of common stock of ShutterPort which they owned. As a result of the share exchange, ShutterPort became our wholly owned and operating subsidiary.

The former shareholders of ShutterPort acquired a majority of our issued and outstanding Common Stock in connection with the share exchange transaction. Therefore, although ShutterPort became our wholly owned subsidiary, the transaction was accounted for as a recapitalization of ShutterPort, whereby ShutterPort was deemed to be the accounting acquirer and was deemed to have adopted our capital structure.

We changed our name to MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. in May 2003. In September 2003, we changed the name of ShutterPort, Inc. to BSP Rewards, Inc. and in June 2005, we changed the name of BSP Rewards, Inc. to Brand-A-Port, Inc. In June 2005, we formed a new Florida corporation, named “BSP Rewards, Inc. In August 2010, we voluntarily dissolved Brand-a-Port, Inc. On October 19, 2009 (the “Merger Closing Date”), pursuant to a Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of August 10, 2009, and subsequently amended and restated on September 25, 2009, among the Company, the Company’s then subsidiary MediaNet Merger Sub, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and CG Holdings Limited, a Cyprus limited company (“CG”), we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of CG for 5,000,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock (the “Merger”). As more particularly described herein, the Merger resulted in a change in control of the Company along with the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock to Common Stock. As a result of the Merger, CG became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and CG’s subsidiaries became indirect subsidiaries of the Company.

CG was organized in Cyprus on March 17, 2009, as a holding company for certain companies operating the “DubLi” business. DubLi commenced operations under its current business model in October 2008. Prior to that time, the persons and companies now associated with DubLi carried on various Internet auction activities, including reverse auctions and traditional auctions of the kind maintained by eBay. The operations of DubLi are carried out through the following entities (collectively, the “Operating Subsidiaries”):

• DUBLICOM LIMITED (“DUBLICOM”), a Cyprus limited company, which operates DubLi’s auction shopping and entertainment websites;

• Lenox Resources, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, that held DubLi ’s intellectual property until September 30, 2011 when all such assets were transferred to CG Holdings Limited and Lenox Resources, LLC was dissolved;

• DubLi Network Limited ( “DubLi Networks ”), a British Virgin Islands limited company, that operates DubLi ’s global network of Business Associates;

• Lenox Logistik und Service GmbH ( “Lenox Logistik ”), a German corporation, which serves as the product purchasing agent of DUBLICOM for products sold to customers outside of North America, Australia and New Zealand. Lenox Logistik also served as an outsourced service provider that employed persons who were collectively responsible for DubLi’s administrative, accounting, marketing and purchasing activities until its sale August 15, 2011, after which date, all of its business activities were assumed by DUBLICOM LIMITED and MediaNet or outsourced to 3 rd party providers;

• DubLi Logistics, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “DubLi Logistics ”), which served exclusively as the product purchasing agent of DUBLICOM for products sold to customers in North America (United States, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Canada), Australia and New Zealand until September 1, 2011 when all of its business activities were assumed by DUBLICOM LIMITED.

All of the Operating Subsidiaries, other than DubLi Logistics, were acquired by the Company by operation of law upon the consummation of the Merger on the Merger Closing Date. DubLi Logistics was acquired by the Company on May 24, 2010. In addition, on May 24, 2010, the Company acquired DubLi Properties, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which holds certain rights to real estate in the Cayman Islands .

Business

Overview

MediaNet, through the Operating Subsidiaries, is a global network marketing company that sells merchandise, predominantly consumer electronics, jewelry, and electronic gift cards to consumers through Internet-based auctions conducted under the trade name “DubLi.com.” Our online auctions are conducted in Europe, North America, Australia and New Zealand and we have a large network of independent Business Associates that sell “credits,” or the right to make a bid in one of our auctions (referred to herein as “Credit” or “DubLi Credits”). These auctions are designed to offer consumers real savings on these goods.

Online Auctions

The DubLi.com auctions are designed to provide consumers with the ability to obtain goods, such as computers, cameras, smart-phones, and jewelry at discounts to retail prices through a fun and convenient shopping portal. These auctions offer only certain inventory (brand new, newest model, full warranty) from the world’s leading manufacturers, including Apple, Nikon, Canon, Bose, Sony, Samsung, Tiffany & Co. and Tag Heuer, among many others.

In order to participate in and make bids in any the DubLi.com online auctions, consumers must purchase DubLi Credits. Each Credit sells retail for either US$0.80, AU$0.90 or 0.60€ depending on portal location and entitles the consumer to one bid in one auction (Unique Bid or Xpress) with a corresponding $/€0.20 price reduction on the Xpress auction. Discounts are available on the purchase of a substantial volume of Credits at one time. We also include credits in various retail subscription packages such as the VIP Package. Credits can be purchased directly from DubLi or from one of DubLi’s Business Associates. Accordingly, we generate revenue from the DubLi.com auctions both on the sale of Credits and on the sale of products to the ultimate auction winners. DubLi Credits have no monetary value, no stored value, and they are not refundable after three days and they cannot be redeemed for products or services. DubLi Credits may only be used to place a bid at auction.

DubLi has two types of auctions Xpress and Unique Bid which it operates on four separate platforms, one each for Europe (“EU”), Australia and New Zealand ( “ANZ”), North America (“US”) (United States, Mexico, Puerto Rico and Canada) and Worldwide (“Global”).

Prior to June 2011, Xpress auctions consisted of name brand products and services purchased for resale from retailers, wholesalers and manufacturers. In June 2011, the Company changed the format to exclusively offer electronic gift cards that are redeemable for cash. In an Xpress auctions, the Gift Card up for auction is displayed with a starting price, which is the lowest available value of the Gift Card (the “Starting Price”). Each time a person makes a bid (which costs him or her one Credit), the price, is decreased by either US$0.20, AU$0.20 or 0.20€ and the reduced price becomes visible to the person making a bid and to no other person. The bidder can choose to purchase the Gift Card at the reduced price so shown or can opt to wait in the hopes that others will make bids and drive down the price. The actual purchase price is always less than the starting price and often represents a substantial discount to the starting price.

In a Unique Bid auction, the auction is scheduled with a definitive start and end time. At any time prior to the scheduled auction end time, persons can make bids (one bid for one Credit) on the price at which they would purchase the product. Bids must be made in 0.20 increments in USD, AUD or Euro. The person who has placed the lowest unique bid (i.e. no other person has bid the same 0.20 incremental amount) is entitled to purchase the product at such bid price.

In both styles of auctions, there are generally a high number of bidders and most bidders place more than one bid. Accordingly, between the sale of the products or electronic gift cards and Credits, DubLi often realizes more than the price which it paid for an item. Substantially all items sold by DubLi in the online auctions are purchased by DubLi on the open market at market price without any substantial discount. In the future, DubLi may seek to work with wholesalers or retailers to purchase items for less than they can be purchased by the average customer.

Credits are sold to consumers directly by DubLi, through our network of Business Associates, or through the Partner Program (described below). As of September 30, 2011 approximately 96% of our Credit sales are made through our network of Business Associates and, accordingly, we are dependent on our Business Associates for a significant portion of our sales. As of September 30, 2011, we had Business Associates located in over 79 countries. Business Associates are incentivized to locate and sponsor new Business Associates (“Down-line Associates”) and establish their own sales organization.

Business Associates earn commissions on:

• the sale of Credits by down -line Associates sponsored by the subject Business Associate or such Business Associate ’s down -line Associates ( “Organizational Commission ”). • the sale of our Smart Shopper and V.I.P. Member subscriptions packages; and, • a share in the commissions earned by the Company from customers who shop in our online Shopping Mall described below.

Business Associates may also earn profits on the re-sale of Credits owned by the subject Business Associate directly to retail consumers (“Affiliated Consumers”) who are signed up by such Business Associate.

To earn profits, a Business Associate must purchase Credits from DubLi and resell such Credits to its Affiliated Consumers. Credits are sold by Business Associates to retail consumers at the same price offered by DubLi. When an Affiliated Consumer places an order for Credits, the Credits are automatically deducted from the Business Associate’s account and transferred to the Affiliated Consumer’s account, and the Business Associate is eligible to earn his or her profit. If a Business Associate does not have sufficient Credits in his or her account to cover an order by an Affiliated Consumer, DubLi will supply the balance of Credits to fill the order, but the Business Associate will not be eligible to earn commissions or profits on the Credits supplied by DubLi. The amount of the profit earned by a Business Associate varies from 5-25% based on the total Credits purchased by the Business Associate over a consecutive twelve-month period. In addition, a Business Associate may make a profit from the sale of a Credit by purchasing the Credits in bulk (packages containing 800 or 2,000 or 5,000 Credits) from the Company at wholesale and selling them to customers at the same price at which the Company sells the Credits to its customers.

To become a Business Associate, an applicant must register with DubLi by filling out an online Business Associate Application and Agreement and purchase an e-Biz kit for US$175.00, AU$210.00 or 140.00€. The e-Biz kit is the only purchase required to become a Business Associate.

DubLi also offers a partner package and program (the “Partner Program”) to companies, associations, affinity groups and non-profit organizations (which it refers to as a “white label solution”). Using the Partner Program, these groups can, through DubLi, open and utilize an auction portal open for their members. Each Partner earns a thirty percent (30%) commission on all Credits sold to such Partner’s members through their portal. Using the Partner Program gives participating organizations a professional web presence, access to products offered on the auction portal through DubLi, and the use of DubLi to complete all customer purchase processes. DubLi provides a variety of ready-made templates that can be customized to the individual requirements of any organization, including the use of the organization’s URL. The Company receives the remaining 70% of the sales proceeds from which it pays all related costs and expenses.

DubLi Shopping Mall

DubLi offers a free portal called "DubLi Shopping Mall" that allows customers to search for products offered by various online stores. DubLi is not the supplier of these products. We provide links to products sold in numerous merchants’ online stores based on the customer’s searches and we earn a commission on the purchases made by the customers that we refer. All customer purchases are completed with the respective online store that sells the product and each merchant partner pays the Company a set percentage of sale (revenue share) or flat dollar amount for each sale that is directed from a DubLi Shopping Mall.

In February 2011, the Company introduced a new version of its online shopping mall, combining features of its original BSP Shopping Mall platform with a new search technology and several new features designed to enhance the shopping experience.

The new DubLi Shopping Mall was designed to efficiently help users find the relevant information they need to make purchase decisions. The DubLi Shopping Malls’ primary objective is to provide information to the user in a clear, concise and easy to use format that enables the user to obtain the desired results in the fewest “clicks.” We believe our new format provides an efficient tool for the consumer and yields greater earnings to the Company.

Users may search for products and services by entering key words or category inquiries. They are also able to refine their searches by using a number of filters, including number of products, price and brand. The DubLi Shopping Mall uses merchant provided price indexes and product information and inputs these dynamic results into our shopping database to update all information available to our customer on an ongoing basis. The website is designed on a Service Oriented Architecture - for a cross website synchronization interface that allows us to easily add or modify new merchants and their corresponding web links, automatically render product information (descriptions, price and graphics) and track and input changing discounts and specials into the database. The website also tracks and reports user data on a regular basis. Users also can perform searches by selecting the "Choose online store" banner and then the “Show Categories” or “Show all stores” tabs on the Shopping Mall home page of each country mall, and also by using the “Shop by Country” drop-down menu on the Global Shopping Mall.

The new DubLi Shopping Mall platform launched in 2011 as follows: Germany in February, the US in April, Australia in July, Spain in August, Denmark in September and a Global Shopping Mall in October. Each Shopping Mall uses third-party affiliate networks to access its merchant partners. The Company localizes its Shopping Malls by country. For example, in Germany a user will only shop at German merchants and make their purchases in Euros. However, DubLi supports several languages that may also be used on the Company hosted portion of its Shopping Malls. Customers may make purchases in their local currency however, their cash back awards will be delivered in the currency used on the respective DubLi portal with which they are registered. For example: In Denmark, users pay for purchase in Danish Krone, but receive their cash back in Euros.

The Company’s Global Shopping Mall uses merchants based in the US and UK that ship, in the aggregate, to 214 countries around the world. This Mall is hosted in English and the user will make their purchase in either US Dollars or Great Britain Pound Sterling, unless the merchant offers various currency options on its website. When a user enters the DubLi Global Shopping Mall, the IP (Internet Protocol) address identifies the users’ country of residence so that the mall only displays products and merchants that ship to that user’s country based on a UPC (Unique Product Code) or EAN (European Article Number). The price of the product is normalized from GBP and USD and presented back to the user in the user’s local currency. The Company believes it is the only Shopping Mall provider to offer this type of system.

We intend to launch a localized shopping mall in every country in which we have a sufficiently large number of Business Associates to support the endeavor. Users must register to take advantage of all of the Shopping Mall’s features. Starting December 1, 2011, all customers who register for free and shop will earn a cash back rebate at the end of each month. The cash back is a percentage of their purchases and the percentage depends on the retailer ranging from .05% up to 30%. Customers may earn an additional 5% cash back annually on all of their purchases by registering for the Smart Shopper Package or an additional 7% cash back annually by registering for the V.I.P. Member Package.

BSP Rewards

The Company continues to maintain its older BSP Rewards Mall for itself and several clients. The older format BSP Rewards Mall provides private branded loyalty and reward web malls and programs to both for-profit and not-for-profit companies and organizations. The program is designed as a shopping service through which members receive rebates (rewards) on purchases of products and services from participating merchants. Earned rewards may be accumulated by the member and can be loaded onto a debit MasterCard which can be used to make additional purchases from any participating merchant in the program or from anywhere in the world that debit MasterCard cards are accepted. The BSP program is proprietary to the Company.

The BSP Rewards program is a web based retail mall concept. Retail sellers of goods and services who join in the program as participating merchants agree to pay rebates (between 1% and 30% of the sales price) to us for our members who purchase goods and services through the program at their individual web stores. We collect all rebates paid by participating merchants and retain a portion (generally 30% of the rebate) as our fee for operating the program. Another portion of the rebate (generally 50% of the rebate), is designated as a "reward" earned by the member who made the purchase. The remainder of rebate (generally 20%) is paid to the organization or company which enrolled the purchasing member in the program.

Member providers are companies, organizations and groups that enroll their employees or members in the BSP Rewards program. The program is sometimes offered free to member providers who auto-enroll their member base. Member provider agreements provide that the organization will normally enroll their members for free or nominal amount and BSP shall pay to the member providers a percentage of the rewards earned by the members that each member provider enrolls in the program. A member provider only earns a percentage if the members enrolled actually earn rewards through the program.

Entertainment

In November 2011, the Company initiated a free entertainment program within the DubLi portal that enables registered customers to search and stream millions of audio files from public sources on the web. This free service also allows registered customers to search for music and audio files, listen to radio stations from around the world and play online flash games.

The Company believes that adding a free entertainment service to its portal DubLi may increase brand awareness and customer registrations and stimulate traffic to shopping malls and increase auctions activity and the revenue potential of our various service and product offerings. Business Associates will be primary drivers in promoting and selling this product.

Distribution

We presently have sales operations in 79 countries and territories, including the U.S. The merchandise that we sell includes consumer goods, such as computers, cameras, smart phones, and jewelry, from the world’s leading manufacturers, including Apple, Nikon, Canon, Bose, Sony, Samsung, Tiffany & Co. and Tag Heuer, among many others. There are no suppliers for DubLi Credits and DubLi Subscription Services. The principal suppliers for the consumer goods that we sell are the manufactures’ retail outlets, Amazon.com, Best Buy, Apple, Louis Vuitton, Tiffany & Co, Swarovski, Gucci and others.

Unlike many of our competitors, which sell their products through third party retail establishments (i.e. drug stores, department stores), we primarily sell our products to the ultimate consumer through the direct-selling channel. In our case, sales of our products are made to the ultimate consumer principally through direct selling by independent representatives or Business Associates and directly from our web sites. Business Associates are independent contractors and not our employees. Business Associates earn a profit by purchasing DubLi Credits and DubLi Subscription Services directly from us at a discount from a published price and selling them to their customers, the ultimate consumer of our products. No single Business Associate accounts for more than 10% of our net sales.

A Business Associate contacts customers directly, selling primarily through our web site, which highlights new products and special promotions for each sales campaign. In this sense, the Business Associate, together with the website, is the “store” through which our products are sold.

We employ certain electronic order systems to increase Business Associate support, which allow a Business Associate to run her or his business more efficiently and also allow us to improve our order-processing accuracy. For example, in many countries, Business Associates can utilize the Internet to manage their business electronically, including order submission, order tracking, payment and two-way communications with us. In addition, Business Associates can further build their own business through personalized web pages provided by us, enabling them to sell a complete line of our products online. Self-paced online training also is available in certain markets, as well as up-to-the-minute news about us.

In the US, EU, ANZ, and Globally, we also market our products through four versions of our consumer website www.DubLi.com. These sites provide a purchasing opportunity to consumers who choose not to purchase through a Business Associate.

The recruiting or appointing and training of Business Associates are the primary responsibilities of vice presidents, sales directors, team coordinators and team leaders. These individuals are independent contractors who are rewarded primarily based on total sales achieved in their Down-line Associates. Personal contacts, including recommendations from current Business Associates, webinars and live local area events constitute the primary means of obtaining new Business Associates. The DubLi network program is a multi-level compensation program which gives Business Associates the opportunity to earn bonuses based on the net sales made by Business Associates they have recruited and trained in addition to discounts earned on their own sales of our products. This program limits the number of levels on which commissions can be earned to six levels and continues to focus on individual product sales by Business Associates. Given the high rate of turnover among Business Associates (a common characteristic of direct selling), it is critical that we recruit, retain and service Business Associates on a continuing basis in order to maintain and grow our business. In this regard, we have initiatives underway to standardize global processes for prospecting, appointing, training and developing Business Associates, as well as training and developing our direct-selling executives.

Sales promotion and sales development activities are directed at assisting Business Associates, through sales aids such as electronic brochures and other multimedia technology, websites (www.DubLinetwork.com and www.DubLi.com), newsletters, webinars, live local events and DubLi Network Academy a specially designed marketing educational curriculum. We use web advertising to support the efforts of Business Associates to reach new customers, specially designed sales aids, promotional pieces, multimedia presentations. In addition, we seek to motivate our Business Associates through the use of special incentive programs that reward superior sales performance. We have made significant investments in management time and research to understand the financial return of such field incentives. Periodic sales meetings with Business Associates are conducted by the vice presidents and sales directors. The meetings are designed to keep Business Associates abreast of product line changes, explain sales techniques and provide recognition for sales performance.

Government Regulations

Our operations and activities are subject to the governmental regulations and taxes of the countries in which we operate. The following description of governmental regulations does not purport to describe all present and proposed regulation and legislation that may affect our business. Legislative or regulatory requirements currently applicable to our business may change in the future. Any such changes could impose new obligations on us that may adversely affect our business and operating results.

We are subject to foreign and domestic laws regulating the conduct of business on and off the Internet. It is not always clear how existing laws regulating activities such as gaming, auctions, multi-level marketing, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property issues, parallel imports and distribution controls, and personal privacy apply to online businesses such as ours. The majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and electronic commerce and, as a result, do not contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet and electronic commerce. Those laws that do reference the Internet, such as the US Digital Millennium Copyright Act and the European Union’s Directives on Distance Selling and Electronic Commerce, are being interpreted by the courts, but their applicability and scope remain uncertain. Furthermore, as our activities and the types of goods and services listed on our websites expand, regulatory agencies or courts may claim or hold that we or our users are subject to licensure or are prohibited from conducting our business in their jurisdiction, either generally or with respect to certain actions (e.g., the sale of real estate, event tickets, cultural goods, boats and automobiles).

Although we have sought to structure all of our auctions so that they are not regulated as a form of “gaming” or a “lottery,” there can be no assurances that the regulatory authorities of any country, state, county or municipality will not assert the view that our Unique Bid auctions constitute some form of “gaming” or a “lottery,” subject to regulation and/or prohibited by such regulatory entity. The laws, regulations and case law defining and governing “gaming” and “lotteries,” especially in the context of electronic commerce, are generally regarded as an “emerging” area of the law, are subject to less than certain and often divergent interpretations, vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and are subject to varying levels of enforcement. Given the regulatory landscape, we risk violating the laws of a particular country, state, county or municipality, even in those jurisdictions where we believe we have conducted considerable legal research and/or secured legal advice. In certain instances, we may decide to limit our activities and our Business Associates’ activities in such jurisdictions. If the Unique Auction were deemed to be a form of gambling or lottery or otherwise subject to regulation, we could be potentially subject to a range of penalties, injunctive actions and/or fines. In addition, even if we believed we were not properly subject to such regulations, we might be compelled or deem it in our best interest to suspend future auctions in the subject jurisdiction.

Further, numerous states and foreign jurisdictions have regulations governing the conduct of traditional “auctions” and the liability of traditional “auctioneers” in conducting auctions. These types of regulations may become applicable to online auction sites. We are aware that several states and some foreign jurisdictions have attempted to impose such regulations on other companies operating online auction sites or on the users of those sites. Attempted enforcement of these laws appears to be increasing and such attempted enforcements could harm our business. We may incur costs in complying with these laws. We also may be required to make changes in our business, from time to time, that may increase our costs, reduce our revenues, and cause us to prohibit the listing of some items in certain locations, or make other changes that may adversely affect our auctions business.

Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal and state regulations administered by the FTC and various state agencies in the United States, as well as, regulations on direct selling in foreign markets administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our network marketing program could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or regulations. Regulations applicable to network marketing organizations generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” or “chain sales” schemes, by ensuring that product sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an organization is based on sales of the organization’s products rather than investments in the organization or other non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements concerning network marketing programs do not include “bright line” rules and are inherently fact-based, and thus, even in jurisdictions where we believe that our network marketing program is in full compliance with applicable laws or regulations governing network marketing systems, we are subject to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental agencies or courts can change. The failure of our network marketing program to comply with current or newly adopted regulations could negatively impact our business in a particular market or in general.

From time to time, various regulations or laws have been proposed or adopted that would, in general, restrict the frequency, duration or volume of sales resulting from new product introductions, special promotions or other special price offers. For example, restrictions on trade such as tariffs (which raise the price of imported goods and result in an increases the demand and price for the same goods produced by domestic suppliers), quotas (which put a legal limit on the amount of goods that can be imported), and standards (which establish health and safety standards for imported goods, frequently much stricter than those applied to domestically produced goods) may negatively effect the frequency, duration or volume of sales resulting from a particular product or special promotion. We expect our pricing flexibility and broad product lines to mitigate the effect of these regulations. Our pricing flexibility would allow us to pass the additional expense of a tariff applicable to a particular product along to the end customer; and our broad product lines would allow us to focus on products for which no or less severe tariffs, quotas or standards have been established.

We are also subject to the adoption, interpretation and enforcement by governmental agencies of other foreign laws, rules, regulations or policies, including any changes thereto, such as import and export license requirements, privacy and data protection laws, and records and information management, which may require us to adjust our operations and systems in certain markets where we do business. For example, privacy and data protection laws are subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which may vary among the various jurisdictions in which we operate. If we are unable to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to changing regulatory requirements, our business and/or reputation may be adversely affected.

From time to time, local governments and others may question the legal status of Business Associates or impose burdens inconsistent with their status as independent contractors, often in regard to possible coverage under social benefit laws that would require us (and, in most instances, the Business Associates) to make regular contributions to government mandated benefit funds. Although we have never needed to address these questions, they can be raised in future regulatory changes in a jurisdiction or can be raised in additional jurisdictions. If there should be a final determination adverse to us in a country, the cost for future, and possibly past, contributions could be so substantial in the context of the volume and profitability of our business in that country that we would consider discontinuing operations in that country.

Competition

Competitive Conditions

We face competition from various products and product lines both domestically and internationally. The consumer products industry is highly competitive and the number of competitors and degree of competition that we face in this industry varies widely from country to country. Worldwide, we compete against products sold to consumers by other direct-selling and direct-sales companies and through the Internet, and against products sold through the mass market and retail channels.

Specifically, due to the nature of the direct-selling channel, we compete on a regional, often country-by-country basis, with our direct-selling competitors, some of which have greater financial resources than we have. Unlike most other online retailers, we compete within a distinct business model where providing a compelling earnings opportunity for our Business Associates is as critical as developing and marketing new and innovative products. As a result, in contrast to a typical online retail company which operates within a broad-based consumer pool, we must first compete for a limited pool of representatives before we reach the ultimate consumer.

We believe that the personalized customer service offered by our Business Associates; the amount and type of field incentives we offer our Business Associates; the high quality, attractive designs and prices of our products; the high level of new and innovative products; our easily recognized brand name and our guarantee of product satisfaction are significant factors in establishing and maintaining our competitive position.

Auctions

DubLi competes with a variety of other companies based upon on the type of merchandise and the sales format they offer to customers. These competitors include, but are not limited to:

• online bidding fee auction websites such as QuiBids.com, Beezid.com and Zapadeal.com;

• various standard, online auction websites such as eBay.com, Bidz.com and uBid.com;

• a number of e -commerce companies focused primarily on excess and overstock products with fixed price formats, including Amazon.com, Overstock.com, Shopping.com, eCost.com, and SmartBargains.com.

We believe that the DubLi online auction business has been able to distinguish itself from other competitors based upon its easy-to-use technology, its network marketing strategy, local marketing knowledge gathered through the DubLi Business Associate sales force, and its exclusive focus on certain inventory (brand new, newest model, full warranty) from the world’s leading manufacturers. We believe that our ability to continue to grow and effectively compete is contingent upon our ability to make customers aware of our service offering, provide an enjoyable shopping experience and provide customers with an opportunity to purchase merchandise at a potentially significant discount to prevailing market prices. See “RISK FACTORS - We may not be able to compete successfully.”

Online Web Malls

DubLi and BSP web malls compete with a variety of other smaller companies. In addition there are two larger competitors dominant in the US market: Ebates Shopping.com, Inc. and Cartera Commerce, Inc. Ebates.com is a direct competitor. Cartera.com provides its solutions to banks and other card based loyalty programs.

Music

DubLi offers its music search as a free service in order to provide value added benefits to its online shopping experience, enrich the website’s content and to drive traffic to the site.

DubLi Music faces competition from traditional offline music distribution companies and from other online digital music services, including Apple’s iTunes music store, Pandora Media’s internet radio services and Napster’s music subscription services, as well as a wide variety of other competitors that are now offering digital music for sale over the Internet. Microsoft also offers premium music services in conjunction with its Zune product line, Windows Media Player and MSN services. We also expect increasing competition from media companies, online retailers such as Amazon.com, Inc., social networking companies such as MySpace, Inc. and Facebook, and emerging companies such as Spotify Ltd. that offer consumers free, advertising-supported music content and applications through their websites. Our music offerings also face substantial competition from the illegal use of “free” peer-to-peer services.

International Operations

Our international operations are conducted in 79 countries and territories outside of the US.

Our international operations are subject to risks inherent in conducting business abroad, including, but not limited to, the risk of adverse currency fluctuations, currency remittance restrictions and unfavorable social, economic and political conditions.

See the sections “Risk Factors - Our ability to conduct business, particularly in international markets, may be affected by political, legal, tax and regulatory risks” and “Risk Factors - We are subject to financial risks related to our international operations, including exposure to foreign currency fluctuations” in Item 1A of this Report.

Trademarks and Patents

Our business has not been materially dependent on the existence of third-party patent, trademark or other third-party intellectual property rights, and we are not a party to any ongoing material licenses, franchises or concessions. We protect our DubLi name and other major proprietary trademarks through registration of these trademarks in the markets where we sell our products, monitoring the markets for infringement of such trademarks by others, and by taking appropriate steps to stop any infringing activities.

Employees

As of September 30, 2011 the Company had 21 full-time employees and 29 independent contractors.

Website Access to Reports

Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, are, and have been throughout 2011, available without charge on our investor website (www.medianetgroup.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We also make available on our website our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Copies of these SEC reports and other documents are also available, without charge, from Investor Relations, MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc., 5200 Town Center Circle, Suite 601, Boca Raton, FL 33486 or by sending an email to [email protected] or by calling (561) 417-1500. Information on our website does not constitute part of this report. Additionally, our filings with the SEC may be read and copied at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. These filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we have filed or furnished the above referenced reports.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our success is dependent on our ability to educate our Business Associates in order to increase their productivity .

Approximately 96% of our auction Credit sales, which represents approximately 60% of our total revenue in the year ended September 30, 2011, were made through our network of Business Associates and, accordingly, we are dependent on our Business Associates for a significant portion of our sales. To increase our revenue, we must increase the productivity of our Business Associates. Accordingly, our success depends in significant part upon our ability to recruit, retain and motivate our Business Associates. Our operating results could be harmed if our existing and new business opportunities do not generate sufficient interest to retain existing Business Associates and attract new Business Associates or if we fail to educate them about our products and services in ways that ensure their success.

The primary way we recruit new Business Associates is through a network marketing strategy. The success of a network marketing force is highly dependent upon our ability to offer a commission structure and sales incentive program that enables our Business Associates to recruit and develop other Business Associates to create an organization. To compete with other network marketing organizations, we may be required to increase our marketing costs through increases in commissions, sales incentives or other features, any of which could adversely impact our future earnings.

There is a high rate of turnover among Business Associates, which is a characteristic of the network marketing business. The loss of a significant number of Business Associates for any reason could negatively impact sales of Credits and could impair our ability to attract new Business Associates. In addition, the level of confidence of the Business Associates in our ability to perform is an important factor in maintaining and growing our Business Associate network. Adverse publicity or financial developments concerning the Company, could adversely affect our ability to maintain the confidence of our Business Associates.

Our Business Associates may not comply with our policies and procedures.

Our Business Associates are independent contractors and, accordingly, we are not in a position to directly provide the same direction, motivation and oversight as we would if the Business Associates were employed by the Company. As a result, there can be no assurance that our Business Associates will participate in our marketing strategies or plans or comply with our Business Associate Policies and Procedures and Terms and Conditions.

Extensive federal, state and local laws regulate our business and network marketing program. Because we conduct operations in foreign countries, our policies and procedures for our Business Associates differ due to the different legal requirements of each country in which we do business. While we have implemented Business Associate policies and procedures designed to govern Business Associate conduct and to protect the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names, it can be difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of the large number of Business Associates and their independent status. Violations by our independent Business Associates of applicable law or of our policies and procedures in dealing with customers could reflect negatively on our operations and harm our business reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court could hold us civilly or criminally accountable based on vicarious liability because of the actions of our independent Business Associates.

We face significant competition.

We face competition from competing products in each of our lines of business, in both the domestic and international markets. Worldwide, we compete against products sold to consumers by other direct-selling and direct-sales companies and through the Internet, and against products sold through the mass market and prestige retail channels as well as other reverse and penny auction websites.

Within the direct selling channel, we compete on a regional, and often country-by-country basis, with our direct-selling competitors. We compete within a distinct business model where providing a compelling earnings opportunity for our Business Associates is as critical as developing and marketing new and innovative products. Therefore, in contrast to a typical company which operates within a broad-based consumer pool, we must first compete for a limited pool of Business Associates before we reach the ultimate consumer.

Direct sellers compete for representative or entrepreneurial talent by providing a more competitive earnings opportunity or “better deal” than that offered by the competition. Business Associates are attracted to a direct seller by competitive earnings opportunities, often through what are commonly known as “field incentives” in the direct selling industry. Competitors devote substantial effort to finding out the effectiveness of such incentives so that they can invest in incentives that are the most cost effective or produce the better payback. As a result, we are subject to significant competition for the recruitment of Business Associates from other direct selling or network marketing organizations. It is therefore continually necessary to innovate and enhance our direct selling and service model as well as to recruit and retain new Business Associates. If we are unable to do so our business will be adversely affected.

Our ability to conduct business, particularly in international markets, may be affected by political, legal, tax and regulatory risks.

Our ability to capitalize on growth in new international markets and to maintain the current level of operations in our existing international markets is exposed to risks associated with our international operations, including:

• the possibility that a foreign government might ban or severely restrict our business method of direct selling, or that local civil unrest, political instability or changes in diplomatic or trade relationships might disrupt our operations in an international market;

• the lack of well -established or reliable legal systems in certain areas where we operate;

• the possibility that a government authority might impose legal, tax or other financial burdens on our Business Associates, as direct sellers, or on DubLi, due, for example, to the structure of our operations in various markets; and

• the possibility that a government authority might challenge the status of our Business Associates as independent contractors or impose employment or social taxes on our Business Associates.

We are also subject to the interpretation and enforcement by governmental agencies of other foreign laws, rules, regulations or policies, including any changes thereto, such as restrictions on trade, import and export license requirements, privacy and data protection laws, and tariffs and taxes, which may require us to adjust our operations in certain markets where we do business. In addition, we face legal and regulatory risks in the United States and, in particular, cannot predict with certainty the outcome of various contingencies or the impact that pending or future legislative and regulatory changes may have on our business in the future. The US Federal Trade Commission has proposed business opportunity regulations which may have an effect upon the Company’s method of operating in the US. It is not possible to gauge what any final regulation may provide, its effective date or its impact at this time.

We may not be successful in developing brand awareness, which is critical to our business.

We believe that brand recognition is critical to our business. Development and awareness of our “DubLi” brand will depend largely on our ability to increase our Business Associate network and customer base. If Business Associates and consumers do not perceive us as offering an entertaining and/or efficient way to purchase merchandise, we may be unsuccessful in promoting and maintaining our brand. To promote our brand, we expect to continue to recruit new Business Associates, to incentivize existing Business Associates and to increase our marketing and advertising budgets. Since a significant percentage of our cost of sales is the commissions paid to our Business Associates, we anticipate that, relative to some of our competitors, a smaller percentage of our gross revenue will be available for marketing or promotional activities. Failure to successfully promote our brand in a cost effective manner could significantly harm our business and financial condition.

We may not be able to maintain the competitive bidding environment critical to our business model.

Our business model relies upon our generation of a competitive bidding environment involving numerous active bidders. If we are unable to maintain such an environment for any reason, we anticipate that our revenue associated activities other than actually purchasing merchandise (i.e., viewing prices on Xpress auction and submitting bids on Unique Bid auction) would generally decrease and, as a result, the price discount realized on purchased merchandise would also generally decrease. We believe our success depends in part on our ability to offer merchandise that enjoys wide demand by consumers. Consumers’ tastes are subject to frequent, significant and sometimes unpredictable changes. If the merchandise we offer for sale fails to generate brand consumer interest, our revenues and gross margins could be negatively impacted. Any reduction in the price discounts actually realized by auction participants might further discourage an active bidding environment.

We may not be successful in procuring and auctioning merchandise in a manner that generates positive gross margins.

We currently purchase a considerable amount of merchandise to be sold in our auctions, and in doing so, assume the inventory and price risks of this merchandise. These risks are especially significant because most of the merchandise we sell is subject to rapid technological change, obsolescence and price erosion. Our success will depend in part on our ability to sell such inventory rapidly through our websites. We also rely heavily on the ability of our staff to purchase inventory at attractive prices relative to resale value.

Due to the inherently unpredictable nature of our auction style format, it is impossible for us to determine with certainty whether the revenue we generate in connection with each sale item will exceed the price we pay for the item. Further, because the ultimate sales prices for the merchandise sold in our auctions generally are lower than the acquisition costs for the merchandise, we cannot be certain that we will sell enough Credits to achieve positive gross margins on any given sale. If we are unable to sell our purchased inventory rapidly, if our staff fails to purchase inventory at attractive prices relative to resale value at auction, or if we fail to predict with accuracy the resale prices and Credits purchased for our purchased merchandise, we may sell our inventory at a negative gross margin which would negatively impact our profitability.

Customer complaints, negative publicity or our security measures could diminish use of our services.

Customer complaints, negative publicity or poor customer service, which is fairly common with any network marketing or Internet related business, could severely diminish consumer confidence in and use of our services. If we fail to consistently deliver certain inventory (brand new, newest model, full warranty) from the world’s leading manufacturers, or if there are rumors, articles, reviews or blogs that indicate or suggest that we have failed to consistently deliver such merchandise, customer participation in our auctions could decrease. Similarly, measures we take to combat risks of fraud and breaches of privacy and security have the potential to damage relations with our customers or decrease activity on our sites by making our sites more difficult to use or restricting the activities of certain users. Negative publicity about, or negative experiences with, customer support for any of our businesses could cause our reputation to suffer or affect consumer confidence in our brands as a whole.

System failures could harm our business.

We have experienced short system failures from time to time, and any interruption in the availability of our websites will reduce our current revenues and profits, could harm our future revenues and profits, and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny. Any unscheduled interruption in our services results in an immediate, and possibly substantial, loss of revenues. Frequent or persistent interruptions in our services could cause current or potential users to believe that our systems are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our sites, and could permanently harm our reputation and brands.

Although our systems have been designed around industry-standard architectures to reduce downtime in the event of outages or catastrophic occurrences through worldwide redundant servers, they remain vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunication failures, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, computer denial-of-service attacks, and similar events. Our systems are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, and intentional acts of vandalism. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision by any of our third-party hosting providers to close a facility we use without adequate notice for financial or other reasons, or other unanticipated problems at our hosting facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our services. We do not carry business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures.

Any interruptions in Internet service could harm our business.

Our customers rely on access to the Internet to access our products and services. Interference with our offerings or higher charges for access to our offerings, whether paid by us or by our customers, could cause us to lose existing customers, impair our ability to attract new customers, and harm our revenue and growth.

The success of our services also depends largely on the continued availability of the Internet infrastructure. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, and security, as well as timely development of complementary products, for providing reliable Internet access and services. The Internet has experienced, and is likely to continue to experience, significant growth in the numbers of users and amount of traffic. The Internet infrastructure may be unable to support such demands. In addition, increasing numbers of users, increasing bandwidth requirements, or problems caused by “viruses,” “worms,” malware and similar programs may harm the performance of the Internet. The backbone computers of the Internet have been the targets of such programs. The Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure, and it could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of Internet usage generally, as well as, the level of usage of our services.

We face risks in connection with our relationships with our credit card processors.

We currently have agreements in place with two credit card processors, one each in the United States and Europe who process credit card transactions completed on our websites. Pursuant to the current terms and conditions of these agreements, the processors are permitted to maintain a 5% reserve or holdback for six months on each sale processed by them. Holdbacks are the portion of the revenue from a credit card transaction that is held in reserve by the credit card processor to cover possible disputed charges, chargeback fees, and other expenses. In the event a credit card processor declares bankruptcy, encounters financial difficulties, refuses or fails to honor its contract with us for any reason or ceases operations, there can be no assurance that we would be able to access funds due to us on a timely basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, from time to time, these processors may increase the amount that they keep in reserve as holdbacks. Although we are entitled to receive any remaining holdback amount after a designated period of time, any increase in the holdback percentage would result in a delay in our receiving the full proceeds from the sales of products and Credits. This would adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.

We may be unsuccessful in recovering our money from National Merchant Centers.

On November 23, 2009, the Company entered into a processing agreement with National Merchant Center ("NMC"), a service provider located in the United States, to process U.S. currency credit card transactions, which agreement was terminated by NMC on October 27, 2010 (the "Agreement"). A dispute has arisen between the Company and NMC arising from the Agreement. Since 2010, NMC has refused the Company's demands to release funds, of approximately $2.1 million, held in a reserve account established under the Agreement ("Reserve Funds"). NMC has filed suit against the Company seeking payment of a “termination fee" of $706,277, which action is currently pending in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (the "Action")(the "California Federal Court"). The Reserve Funds are currently in an escrow account at Wells Fargo Bank, maintained by First Data Merchant Services, Inc., as "master processor" for NMC ("First Data"), and controlled by First Data. In the Action, NMC has taken the position that it is entitled to hold $706,277 of the Reserve Funds until the Court decides its termination fee claim. NMC and First Data have represented in court filings that they are willing to begin returning the balance of the Reserve Funds, approximately $1.4 million, to the Company by making monthly payments from January 5, 2012 until May 5, 2012. Based on the foregoing, and depending on the outcome of NMC's "termination fee" claim in the Action, the Company may not recover all of the approximately $2.1 million of the Reserve Funds. The Company disputes that NMC is owed a termination fee and is vigorously defending NMC's claim for such a fee in the Action.

As a result of the dispute with NMC, the Company had only one credit card processor, which is located in Europe, from November 2010 to November 2011. When NMC terminated the Company ’s merchant account, the Company immediately replaced NMC with our European credit card processor and continued operations without interruption. The European credit card processor charges foreign transaction fees or currency conversion fees to our US-based clients. These foreign transactions fees adversely affected US sales during 2011 while the Company sought a replacement processor located in the United States. The Company procured a new US processor in November 2011, but management expects that improvements to US sales will take time to return to the 2010 levels.

Our ability to successfully develop website enhancements and new service offerings are a significant component of our business strategy.

We are in the process of developing a new platform of websites to better provide DubLi.com shoppers with an enjoyable experience. We are also contemporaneously seeking to expand our service offering to a wide range of entertainment products and services via streaming content downloads. Our ability to succeed in these new offerings may require significant resources and management attention. The success of new and enhanced offering introductions depend on several factors, including our ability to develop and complete these offerings in a timely manner, successfully promote the offerings, manage the risks associated with the offerings, make sufficient resources available to support them, secure appropriate intellectual property rights and address any quality or other defects in the early stages of introduction. Despite the allocation of resources, there are no assurances that the new offerings will be successfully developed or accepted by our customers.

We may not be able to compete successfully.

The electronic commerce and music marketplace is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we expect competition to intensify in the future. We compete with a variety of other companies based upon on the type of merchandise and the sales format they offer to customers. These competitors include, but are not limited to:

• online bidding fee auction websites such as Swoopo.com, Beezid.com and Zapadeal.com;

• various standard, online auction websites such as eBay.com, Bidz.com and uBid.com; and

• a number of e-commerce companies focused primarily on excess and overstock products with fixed price formats, including Amazon.com, Overstock.com,Shopping.com, eCost.com, and SmartBargains.com.

• Apple’s iTunes music store, Pandora Media’s internet radio services and Napster’s music subscription services. We also expect competition from media companies, online retailers such as Amazon.com, Inc., social networking companies such as MySpace, Inc., Facebook and other emerging music and social media companies.

We believe our ability to effectively compete is contingent upon our ability to make customers aware of our service offerings, provide an enjoyable shopping experience and provide customers with an opportunity to purchase merchandise and gift cards at a potential, significant discount to prevailing market prices. Many of our potential competitors have significantly greater brand awareness and greater financial, marketing, customer support, technical and other resources than we have. These competitors, especially competitors with good brand recognition, could develop online auctions that are similar to our online auctions. We believe that there are only a limited number of factors that restrict or discourage competitors from seeking to directly compete with us.

Competitors may be able to secure merchandise from suppliers on more favorable terms than we are able to. They may also be able to respond more quickly to changes in customer preferences or devote greater resources to developing and promoting their merchandise. Some of our current and potential competitors have established or may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or directly with suppliers to obtain exclusive or semi-exclusive sources of merchandise.

Our auctions may be subject to regulation as a form of gaming in certain jurisdictions.

Although the Company has sought to structure all of its auctions so that they are not regulated as a form of “gaming” or a “lottery,” there can be no assurances that the regulatory authorities of any country, state, county or municipality will not assert the view that the Company’s Unique Bid auctions constitute some form of “gaming” or a “lottery,” subject to regulation and/or prohibited by such regulatory entity. The laws, regulations and case law defining and governing “gaming” and “lotteries,” especially in the context of electronic commerce, are generally regarded as an “emerging” area of the law, apparently subject to less than certain and often divergent interpretations, vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and are subject to varying levels of enforcement. Given the regulatory landscape, the Company risks violating the laws of a particular country, state, county or municipality, even in those jurisdictions where it believes it has conducted considerable legal research and/or secured an independent legal opinion. In certain instances, the Company has sought to limit its activities and its Business Associates’ activities in such jurisdictions. If the Unique Auction were deemed to be a form of gambling or lottery or otherwise subject to regulation, the Company could be potentially subject to a range of penalties, injunctive actions and/or fines. In addition, even if the Company believed it was not properly subject to such regulations, it might be compelled or deem it in the best interest of the Company to suspend future auctions in the subject jurisdiction.

Current and future laws could affect our auctions business.

Numerous states and foreign jurisdictions have regulations governing the conduct of traditional “auctions” and the liability of traditional “auctioneers” in conducting auctions. These types of regulations may become applicable to online auction sites. We are aware that several states and some foreign jurisdictions have attempted to impose such regulations on other companies operating online auction sites or on the users of those sites. Attempted enforcement of these laws appears to be increasing and such attempted enforcements could harm our business. In addition, some states have laws or regulations that do expressly apply to online auction site services. We may incur costs in complying with these laws. We may, from time to time, be required to make changes in our business that may increase our costs, reduce our revenues, and cause us to prohibit the listing of some items in certain locations, or make other changes that may adversely affect our auctions business.

Our network marketing program could be found to be not in compliance with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more markets.

New and existing regulations could harm our business.

We are subject to foreign and domestic laws regulating the conduct of business on and off the Internet. It is not always clear how existing laws governing issues such as gaming, multi-level marketing, wire transfers, property ownership, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property issues, parallel imports and distribution controls, taxation, libel and defamation, and personal privacy apply to online businesses such as ours. The majority of these laws was adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and electronic commerce and, as a result, do not contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet and electronic commerce. Those laws that do reference the Internet, such as the US Digital Millennium Copyright Act and the European Union’s Directives on Distance Selling and Electronic Commerce, are being interpreted by the courts, but their applicability and scope remain uncertain. Furthermore, as our activities and the types of goods and services listed on our websites expand regulatory agencies or courts may claim or hold that we or our users are subject to licensure or prohibited from conducting our business in their jurisdiction, either generally or with respect to certain actions (e.g., the sale of real estate, event tickets, cultural goods, boats and automobiles).

As we expand and localize our international activities, we become obligated to comply with the laws of the countries or markets in which we operate. In addition, because our services are accessible worldwide, and we facilitate sales of goods to users worldwide, one or more jurisdictions may claim that we or our users are required to comply with their laws based on the location of our servers or one or more of our users, or the location of the product or service being sold or provided in an ecommerce transaction. Laws regulating Internet and ecommerce companies outside of the US may be less favorable than those in the US, giving greater rights to consumers, competitors or users. Compliance may be more costly or may require us to change our business practices or restrict our service offerings, and the imposition of any regulations on our users may harm our business. In addition, we may be subject to overlapping legal or regulatory regimes that impose conflicting requirements on us. Our failure to comply with foreign laws could subject us to penalties ranging from criminal prosecution to significant fines to bans on our services.

Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that our properties could suffer. In addition, our insurance costs may increase and we may not be able to obtain the same insurance coverage in the future.

Although we have all-risk property insurance for our operating properties covering damage caused by a casualty loss (such as fire, natural disasters or certain acts of terrorism), each policy has certain exclusions. In addition, our property insurance coverage is in an amount that may be less than the expected full replacement cost of rebuilding the facilities if there were a total loss. Our level of insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all possible losses in the event of a major casualty. In addition, certain casualty events, such as labor strikes, nuclear events, loss of income, or damage resulting from deterioration or corrosion, insects or animals and pollution, might not be covered under our policies. Therefore, certain acts and events could expose us to substantial uninsured losses. In addition to the damage caused to our properties by a casualty loss, we may suffer business disruption as a result of these events or be subject to claims by third parties who were injured or harmed. While we do carry general liability insurance, we do not carry business interruption insurance. The insurance we do carry may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms and, in any event, may not be adequate to cover all losses.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Because more than 69% and 65% of our revenue in 2011 and 2010, respectively is generated in currencies other than the US dollar but we report our financial results in US dollars, we face exposure to adverse movements in currency exchange rates. If the US dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result in decreased net revenues and net income. We are also subject to currency exchange risks in connection with our purchase and sale of dollars and Euros in the ordinary course of our business to meet our obligations to our Business Associates and other creditors.

There are many risks associated with our international operations.

Our international expansion has been rapid and our international business, especially in Europe, is critical to our revenues and profits. Net revenues outside the US accounted for approximately 94% and 75%, respectively, of our net revenues in both fiscal year 2011 and 2010. Expansion into international markets requires management attention and resources and requires us to localize our services to conform to local laws, cultures, standards, and policies. The commercial, Internet, and transportation infrastructure in lesser-developed countries may make it more difficult for us to replicate our traditional auction business model. In many countries, we compete with local companies that understand the local market better than we do, and we may not benefit from first-to-market advantages. We may not be successful in expanding into particular international markets or in generating revenues from foreign operations.

As we continue to expand internationally, including through the expansion of our auction site, shopping mall and our new music platforms, we are increasingly subject to risks of doing business internationally, including the following:

• strong local competitors;

• regulatory requirements, including regulation of Internet services, communications, auctioneering, professional selling, distance selling, privacy and data protection, banking and money transmitting, that may limit or prevent the offering of our services in some jurisdictions, prevent enforceable agreements between sellers and buyers, prohibit the listing of certain categories of goods, require product changes, require special licensure, subject us to various taxes, penalties or audits, or limit the transfer of information between us and our affiliates;

• cultural ambivalence towards, or non -acceptance of, auction trading;

• laws and business practices that favor local competitors or prohibit foreign ownership of certain businesses;

• difficulties in integrating with local payment providers, including banks, credit and debit card networks, and electronic fund transfer systems or with the local telecommunications infrastructure;

• differing levels of retail distribution, shipping, communications, and Internet infrastructures;

• difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

• difficulties in implementing and maintaining adequate internal controls;

• potentially adverse tax consequences, including local taxation of our fees or of transactions on our websites;

• higher telecommunications and Internet service provider costs;

• different and more stringent user protection, data protection, privacy and other laws;

• expenses associated with localizing our products, including offering customers the ability to transact business in the local currency;

• profit repatriation restrictions, foreign currency exchange restrictions, and exchange rate fluctuations;

• volatility in a specific country ’s or region ’s political, economic or military conditions;

• challenges associated with maintaining relationships with local law enforcement and related agencies; and

• differing intellectual property laws.

Some of these factors may cause our international costs of doing business to exceed our comparable domestic costs. As we expand our international operations and have additional portions of our international revenues denominated in foreign currencies, we also could become subject to increased difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, repatriating money without adverse tax consequences, and risks relating to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations is discussed in more detail under the caption “We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates,” above.

We conduct certain functions, including product development, customer support and other operations, in regions outside the US. We are subject to both US and local laws and regulations applicable to our offshore activities, and any factors which reduce the anticipated benefits, including cost efficiencies and productivity improvements, associated with providing these functions outside of the US could adversely affect our business.

We may need additional capital to grow our operations as planned

For the year ended September 30, 2011, we used approximately $2.5 million of cash from operations and utilized $0.4 million of cash for investment activities. In this connection, we financed this $2.9 million use of cash with our cash flows from operations, pre-existing cash resources and $4.8 million of cash proceeds from the sale of our common stock. For the year ending September 30, 2012, we anticipate that our cash flows from operations together with the $6 million that we plan to raise from the private placement described below will be sufficient to meet our capital needs including that needed to support our growth. Mr. Michael Hansen has provided us considerable financial support in the past, and he has committed to provide us with additional financial support should we need it. During 2011, we completed a private placement of $4.8 million in Europe in reliance upon an exemption provided by Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). We plan to make a second Regulation S offering available in February 2012 for 20 million shares at $0.30 per share in order to raise an additional $6 million. If we are unable to generate or secure capital as planned, we may not be able to develop our business as planned and/or may be compelled to seek alternative sources of capital in order to pursue our current business plan.

We may be liable if third parties misappropriate our customers’ personal information.

If third parties are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our customers’ personal information or credit card information, or if we give third parties improper access to our customers’ personal information or credit card information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims. This liability could also include claims for other misuse of personal information, including unauthorized marketing purposes. These claims could result in litigation. Liability for misappropriation of this information could adversely affect our business. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and state agencies have been investigating various Internet companies regarding their use of personal information. We could incur additional expenses from the introduction of new regulations regarding the use of personal information or from government agencies investigating our privacy practices.

We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication necessary to effectively secure transmission of confidential information, such as customer credit card numbers. We cannot assure you that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments will not result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms that we use to protect customer transaction data. If any such compromise of our security were to occur, it could harm our reputation, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. We cannot assure you that our security measures will prevent security breaches or that failure to prevent such security breaches will not harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to product liability claims that could be costly and time consuming.

We sell products manufactured by third parties, some of which may be defective. If any product that we sell were to cause physical injury or injury to property, the injured party or parties could bring claims against us as the retailer of the product. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover every possible claim asserted.

Our inability to adequately protect our proprietary technology could adversely affect our business.

Our proprietary technology is one of the keys to our performance and ability to remain competitive. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We also use technical measures, confidentiality agreements and non-compete agreements to protect our proprietary rights. Although we believe that our DubLi trade name and our logo have certain intellectual property protections, our competitors or others could adopt product or service names similar to “DubLi” or our other service marks or trademarks. In addition, in light of the fact that some of our auction services are “white-labeled” (i.e. the auction portals are hosted by companies, associations, affinity groups or non-profit organizations rather than DubLi), our trade name protection may not prove to be sufficient to distinguish us from our competitors. Any of the foregoing might impede our ability to build brand identity and could lead to customer confusion. Our inability to protect our service mark or trademarks adequately could adversely affect our business and financial condition, and the value of our brand name and other intangible assets.

All of the software that we use to provide our auction and music services was specifically developed by DubLi and, accordingly, we believe we have certain proprietary rights to the software. We rely on copyright laws to protect our proprietary software and trade secret laws to protect the source code for our proprietary software. We generally enter into agreements with our employees and consultants and limit access to and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary information. The steps we take to protect our proprietary information may not prevent misappropriation of our technology, and the agreements we enter into for that purpose might not be enforceable. A third party might obtain and use our software or other proprietary information without authorization or develop similar software independently. It is difficult for us to police the unauthorized use of our technology, particularly because the global nature of the Internet makes it difficult to control the ultimate destination or security of software or other transmitted data. In addition, we do not believe that the process of conducting online reverse auctions is protected or protectable under the intellectual property laws of the major markets we serve. The laws of other countries may not provide us with adequate or effective protection of our intellectual property.

If we were to lose the services of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

Our future success depends in a large part upon the continued service of key members of our senior management team. In particular, our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Hansen, and our Chief Operating Officer, Alessandro Annoscia, are critical to the overall management of the Company as well as the development of our business plan, our culture and our strategic direction. The loss of any of our management or key personnel could seriously harm our business.

If we do not improve our internal controls and systems, our business may suffer and the value of our shareholders ’ investment may be harmed.

As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). During the course of our testing in 2010 and 2011, we identified certain material weaknesses in our system of internal controls and inaccuracies or deficiencies in our financial reporting that required revisions to or restatement of prior period results. See Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K for further discussion of the identified weaknesses. We are taking remedial measures to correct such control deficiencies and expect to devote significant resources to improving our internal controls. These remedial measures include the measures discussed in Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K. We expect to continue to evaluate our controls and make improvements as necessary. However, we cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that our controls are adequate in the future or that the controls will be effective in preventing fraud or material misstatement. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results and fraud may be easier to perpetrate on us. Any failures in the effectiveness of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information which could have a negative effect on our stock price.

Our current management team has very limited experience in operating a public company and complying with public company obligations.

Our current management team has limited experience in operating a publicly traded company in the United States. As a public company, we are subject to a number of requirements, including the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. These requirements might place a strain on our systems and resources and, as a result, our management’s attention might be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are significantly influenced by one person who controls a significant majority of our Common Stock.

As of September 30, 2011, the Zen Trust held of record 214,178,946 shares of Common Stock, or approximately 59% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. Michael Hansen, our CEO and President, has the indirect power to direct the voting of all of our outstanding Common Stock issued in the name of the Zen Trust. Accordingly, Mr. Hansen has the power to influence or control the outcome of important corporate decisions or matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Although Mr. Hansen owes the Company certain fiduciary duties as an executive officer of the Company, the interests of Mr. Hansen here may conflict with, or differ from, the interests of other holders of our Common Stock. For example, Mr. Hansen could unilaterally decide to replace our existing board of directors with new directors even if such change was not supported by most of the other shareholders. Mr. Hansen may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as Mr. Hansen has the power to vote a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock, he will have the power to significantly influence and/or control all our corporate decisions and will be able to effect or inhibit changes in control of the Company. If all conditions of the Trust are satisfied as described in Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”, then Mr. Hansen’s beneficial ownership interest in the Company will be reduced to approximately 19%. See “Results of Two Step Transfer” in Item 12 of this Report.

Some additional factors might inhibit changes in control of the Company

In addition to the items referenced in the preceding paragraph, the board of directors of the Company has the power or could secure the power (pursuant to a shareholder consent process that Mr. Hansen could control) to issue additional shares of preferred stock which could prevent or discourage a change in control of the Company when it is deemed desirable by beneficial shareholders other than Mr. Hansen. The power to issue additional shares of preferred stock or Common Stock could, in some situations, have the effect of discouraging and/or rendering more difficult a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other attempt to obtain control of the Company. This may limit the opportunity for shareholders to dispose of their shares at the higher price generally available in takeover attempts or that may be available under a merger proposal.

Acquisitions and joint ventures could result in operating difficulties, dilution, and other harmful consequences.

We have acquired a number of businesses in the past, including, most recently, our merger of MediaNet and CG Holdings and its subsidiaries. We expect to continue to evaluate and consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including business combinations, acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets. At any given time, we may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to one or more of these types of transactions. Any of these transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of integrating any acquired business may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and is itself risky. The areas where we may face difficulties include:

• diversion of management time, as well as a shift of focus from operating the businesses to issues related to integration and administration, particularly given the varying scope of our recent acquisitions;

• declining employee morale and retention issues resulting from changes in, or acceleration of, compensation, or changes in management, reporting relationships, future prospects, or the direction of the business;

• the need to integrate each company ’s accounting, management, information, human resource and other administrative systems to permit effective management, and the lack of control if such integration is delayed or not implemented;

• the need to implement controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at companies that prior to acquisition had lacked such controls, procedures and policies;

• in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political, and regulatory risks associated with specific countries;

• in some cases, the need to transition operations, users, and customers onto our existing platforms; and

• liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including violations of laws, rules and regulations, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities.

Moreover, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, or may not realize them in the time frame expected. Future acquisitions or mergers may require us to issue additional equity securities, spend our cash, or incur debt, liabilities, and amortization expenses related to intangible assets or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could reduce our profitability and harm our business. To the extent we have sufficient authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock; we may not need to secure shareholder approval prior to making any equity issuances for such purposes.

In addition, we may make certain investments, including through joint ventures, in which we have a minority equity interest and lack management and operational control. These investments may involve risks. For example, the controlling joint venture partner in a joint venture investment may have business interests, strategies or goals that are inconsistent with ours, and business decisions or other actions or omissions of the controlling joint venture partner or the joint venture company may result in harm to our reputation or adversely affect the value of our investment in the joint venture.

Our search for acquisitions and joint ventures could result in the diversion or loss of resources and litigation risk.

We expect to continue to evaluate and consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including business combinations, acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets. At any given time we may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to one or more of these types of transactions. Any of these transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of locating and evaluating potential acquisitions and joint ventures can be time consuming, difficult and expensive. In addition, the Company may be subject to various risks and business restrictions as it agrees to enter into non-disclosure agreements, letters of intent or memorandums of understanding in an effort to further explore potential transactions. Even if the Company enters into more definitive agreements with respect to a prospective transaction, the Company and any counter-parties to the transaction may, under certain circumstances, elect or determine not to proceed. Accordingly, there is also no assurance that the Company will ever recoup any of its investments or expenditures with respect to any targeted transaction.

Our business and users may be subject to sales tax and other taxes.

The application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, value-added tax (“VAT”), goods and services tax, business tax, and gross receipt tax) to ecommerce businesses and to our users is a complex and evolving issue. Many of the fundamental statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the growth of the Internet and ecommerce. In many cases, it is not clear how existing statutes apply to the Internet or ecommerce or communications conducted over the Internet. In addition, some jurisdictions have implemented or may implement laws specifically addressing the Internet or some aspect of electronic commerce or communications on the Internet. For example, the State of New York has passed legislation that requires any out-of-state seller of tangible personal property to collect and remit New York use tax if the seller engages affiliates above certain financial thresholds in New York to perform certain business promotion activities. Several ecommerce companies are challenging this new law, which was recently upheld by a lower level New York court. Some states are considering similar legislation related to affiliate activities. The proliferation of such state legislation could adversely affect us at some point in the future and indirectly harm our business.

Several proposals have been made at the US, state and local level that would impose additional taxes on the sale of goods and services or communications through the Internet. These proposals, if adopted, could substantially impair the growth of ecommerce and our brands, and could diminish our opportunity to derive financial benefit from our activities. The US federal government’s moratorium on state and local taxation of Internet access or multiple or discriminatory taxes on ecommerce was extended through November 2014. This moratorium does not prohibit federal, state, or local authorities from collecting taxes on our income or from collecting certain taxes that were in effect prior to the enactment of the moratorium and/or one of its extensions.

One or more states or the federal government or foreign countries may seek to impose a tax collection, reporting or record-keeping obligation on companies that engage in or facilitate ecommerce. Such an obligation could be imposed by legislation intended to improve tax compliance (and legislation to such effect has been discussed in the US Congress, several states, and a number of foreign jurisdictions.) One or more other jurisdictions may also seek to impose tax -collection or reporting obligations based on the location of the product or service being sold or provided in an ecommerce transaction, regardless of where the respective users are located. Imposition of a discriminatory record keeping or tax collecting requirement could decrease seller activity on our sites and would harm our business.

We pay input VAT on applicable taxable purchases within the various foreign countries in which we operate. In most cases, we are entitled to reclaim this input VAT from the various foreign countries. However, because of our unique business model, the application of the laws and rules that allow such reclamation is sometimes uncertain. A successful assertion by one or more countries that we are not entitled to reclaim VAT could harm our business.

Risks Related To Our Common Stock

Broker -dealers may be discouraged from effecting transactions in our Common Stock because it is considered a penny stock and is subject to the penny stock rules.

Our Common Stock currently constitutes “penny stock.” Subject to certain exceptions, for the purposes relevant to us, “penny stock” includes any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share. Rules 15g-1 through 15g-9 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, impose sales practice and disclosure requirements on certain brokers-dealers who engage in certain transactions involving a “penny stock.” In particular, a broker-dealer selling penny stock to anyone other than an established customer or “accredited investor” (generally, an individual with net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or an annual income exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with his or her spouse), must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and must receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. In addition, the penny stock regulations require the broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. A broker-dealer is also required to disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, a broker-dealer is required to send monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the penny stock held in a customer’s account and information with respect to the limited market in penny stocks.

The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon broker-dealers may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our shares, which could severely limit the market liquidity of the shares and impede the sale of our shares in the secondary market.

As an issuer of “Penny Stock” the protection provided by the federal securities laws relating to forward looking statements does not apply to us.

Although the federal securities laws provide a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by a public company that files reports under the federal securities laws, this safe harbor is not available to issuers of penny stocks. As a result, if we are a penny stock, we will not have the benefit of this particular safe harbor protection in the event of any claim that the material provided by us contained a material misstatement of fact or was misleading in any material respect because of our failure to include any statements necessary to make the statements not misleading.

We have a limited market for our securities.

Although certain market makers facilitate trades of our common stock on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCQB”), there is currently a limited market for shares of our Common Stock and we cannot be certain that an active market will develop. The lack of an active public market could have a material adverse effect on the price and liquidity of our Common Stock. Broker-dealers often decline to trade in OTCQB stocks given that the market for such securities is often limited, the stocks are more volatile, and the risk to investors is greater. Consequently, selling our Common Stock may be difficult because smaller quantities of shares can be bought and sold, transactions can be delayed and securities analyst and news media coverage of our Company may be reduced. These factors could result in lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask prices for shares of our Common Stock as well as lower trading volume. Investors should realize that they may be unable to sell shares of our Common Stock that they purchase. Accordingly, investors must be able to bear the financial risk of losing their entire investment in our Common Stock.

The market price of our Common Stock is volatile.

The market price of our Common Stock is volatile, and this volatility may continue. For instance, between October 1, 2010 and September 30, 2011, the closing bid price of our Common Stock, as reported on the markets on which our securities have traded, ranged between $0.14 and $0.31. Numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause the market price of our Common Stock to fluctuate significantly. These factors include:

• our earnings releases, actual or anticipated changes in our earnings, fluctuations in our operating results or our failure to meet the expectations of financial market analysts and investors;

• changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;

• speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;

• significant developments relating to our relationships with our Business Associates, customers or suppliers;

• stock market price and volume fluctuations of other publicly traded companies and, in particular, those that are in the web-based industry;

• customer demand for our products;

• general economic conditions and trends;

• major catastrophic events;

• changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretation or principles;

• loss of external funding sources;

• sales of our Common Stock, including sales by our directors, officers or significant stockholders; and

• additions or departures of key personnel.

Moreover, securities markets may from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations for reasons unrelated to operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our Common Stock and other interests in our Company at a time when you want to sell your interest in us.

The rights of the holders of Common Stock may be impaired by the potential issuance of Preferred Stock.

Our board of directors has the right, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, conversion, liquidation or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power and equity interest of the holders of Common Stock. which could be issued with the right to more than one vote per share, could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control. The possible impact on takeover attempts could adversely affect the price of our Common Stock. Although we have no present intention to issue any additional shares of preferred stock or to create any new series of preferred stock, we may issue such shares in the future.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable because the Company is not an accelerated filer, a large accelerated filer or a well -known seasoned issuer.

Item 2. Properties

The Company leases 10,476 square feet in Boca Raton, Florida for its global headquarters pursuant to a ten-year lease ending in 2020 at a normalized cost of $23,291 per month, plus common area maintenance and sales tax.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Prior to November 2009, the Company used one service provider, which was located in Europe, to process all of the credit card transactions which arise from the purchase of products and DubLi Credits by Business Associates and customers of the Company. On November 23, 2009, the Company entered into a processing agreement with NMC, a service provider located in the United States, to process U.S. currency credit card transactions. NMC terminated the Agreement on October 27, 2010; and a dispute has arisen between the Company and NMC relating to the Agreement. Since 2010, NMC has refused the Company's demands to release the approximately $2.1 million of Reserve Funds and has filed suit, as described below, against the Company seeking payment of a “termination" or "early cancellation" fee in the amount of $706,277, which Action is currently pending in the California Federal Court.

After NMC refused the Company's demands made in 2010 to begin releasing the Reserve Funds in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, on September 22, 2010, two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, Dublicom Limited and DubLi Network Limited (collectively, the "Subsidiaries"), through counsel, made demand upon NMC to release the Reserve Funds. On October 27, 2010, the Subsidiaries initiated legal action against NMC in the Circuit Court in and for Miami-Dade County, Florida seeking recovery of approximately $2,162,000 of reserves held at the direction of NMC plus various other awards, costs and expenses. The Subsidiaries alleged that NMC committed civil theft and conversion by its wrongful retention and misuse of the Reserve Funds. On October 27, 2010, NMC informed the Company that it was terminating the Company’s merchant account with NMC and holding all of the Company’s funds then held in reserve for a period of 180 days after the last chargeback to the Company’s account. Notably, the Company's historical chargebacks under the Agreement have averaged less than 1.2% of sales or approximately $63,000 since the reserve account was established in December 2009. On November 1, 2010, NMC sent the Company an invoice demanding payment of a “termination fee” of $706,277 to which NMC claimed to be entitled based upon the early termination of the Company’s merchant account under the Agreement. Thereafter, the Company learned that NMC was in Chapter 11 bankruptcy and, on or about November 12, 2010, the Company learned that the Reserve Funds were being held in an escrow account at Wells Fargo Bank, controlled by First Data , as "master processor" for NMC, and that the Reserve Funds were not involved in NMC's bankruptcy. The case filed in Circuit Court was removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by the Subsidiaries and transferred in March 2011 by Court Order to the California Federal Court. On December 5, 2011, the Company dismissed this action without prejudice.

On February 9, 2011, NMC filed suit against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California, Case Number: 30-2011-00449062- CU-BC-CJC, seeking to recover approximately $706,277, as a "termination fee" under the Agreement, plus attorneys' fees, interest and costs. NMC alleges that the Company breached the Agreement by not using NMC as its exclusive credit card processor and by taking the position that the Company does not own the website www.dubli.com. NMC alleges that it terminated the Agreement based upon the Company's alleged breaches of the Agreement and is therefore entitled to recover a fee arising from the early cancellation of the Agreement. On March 17, 2011, the Company removed the action to the California Federal Court, where it is currently pending, Case No 8:11-cv-00433-AG-JCG. On April 7, 2011, the Company filed an Answer to the Complaint, in which it denied NMC's substantive allegations, raised affirmative defenses to NMC's claims and asserted Counterclaims against NMC, First Data and parties identified as Roes 1 – 20. The Company's counterclaims, all of which are based upon or relate to the Agreement, assert claims for relief in tort, contract and unfair business practices in violation of California Business and Professions Code § 17200 et seq., and also assert claims for injunctive and declaratory relief. The Company has asserted its counterclaims to obtain a judicial determination of its rights under the Agreement, to obtain the release of all of the Company’s Reserve Funds, including $2,164,293 of Reserve Funds being held in an escrow account controlled by First Data, and to recover damages caused by the wrongful retention of the Reserve Funds. On June 13, 2011, the Court entered an Order establishing pretrial deadlines and setting the case for trial on July 31, 2012. On September 30, 2011, the Company filed a motion for preliminary mandatory injunctive relief, seeking the immediate release of the Reserve Funds, which motion was denied by the Court on November 22, 2011. On December 13, 2011, the Company filed a motion seeking an expedited trial by early February 2012 of its counterclaims relating to the Reserve Funds, or alternatively of its equitable claims for declaratory judgment and injunction seeking the release of the Reserve Funds, which motion is pending. On January 9, 2012, the Court ruled in favor of the Company’s motion and set February 14, 2012 as the date for the expedited trial on the issue of the Company’s right to the immediate return of the Reserve Funds.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Our Common Stock Our shares of common stock are quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “MEDG”.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices per share of our Common Stock as reported by the OTCQB.

Closing Bid Prices :

Quarter Ended High Low

12/31/09 $ 0.90 $ 0.16 3/31/10 $ 0.80 $ 0.40 6/30/10 $ 0.43 $ 0.23 9/30/10 $ 0.36 $ 0.18 12/31/10 $ 0.22 $ 0.17 3/31/11 $ 0.19 $ 0.14 6/30/11 $ 0.31 $ 0.15 9/30/11 $ 0.29 $ 0.20

As of January 29, 2012, the last reported price of our Common Stock quoted on the OTCQB was $0.35 per share. The OTCQB prices set forth above represent inter-dealer quotations, without adjustment for retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not represent the prices of actual transactions.

Shareholders

At September 30, 2011, there were 884 stockholders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

We have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not anticipate paying such dividends in the foreseeable future. We plan to retain any future earnings for use in our business. Any decisions as to future payment of dividends will depend on our earnings and financial position and such other factors, as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Not Applicable

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation contains forward-looking statements, the accuracy of which involves risks and uncertainties. We use words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “future,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. This management’s discussion and analysis also contains forward- looking statements attributed to certain third-parties relating to their estimates regarding the growth of the Internet, Internet advertising, and online commerce markets and spending. Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this report. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements for many reasons. Factors that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” under Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. has created a framework for attracting and maintaining consumers through a web based shopping and entertainment community. The foundation of MediaNet is grounded in innovative technology, a global platform and an expertise in understanding and capitalizing on global economic trends and changing consumer behaviors. The central hub of the MediaNet Group community is DubLi.com from which all other components of the business model are derived.

DubLi.com is global shopping and entertainment web portal that features two reverse auctions, Xpress and Unique Bid from which the Company’s own currency, DubLi Credits, are banked, sold and spent. The Company supports four different auction websites in the US, Europe, Australia and a global portal in which people from all other countries can participate. In addition, DubLi.com features an online shopping mall which supplements the DubLi auction sites. From this mall, consumers shop at national, brand name merchants and earn cash value rewards points on these purchases. The Company has developed its own dynamic search feature that is designed to return only relevant results, based on prior shopping and search history, to the person engaging in the search.

Supporting the growth of DubLi.com is the Company’s sales and marketing engine, DubLi Network, a network marketing association of independent Business Associates who are engaged in direct selling of the Company’s products and services. The global auction allows the Companies network marketing Business Associates to market to every person in the world while simultaneously developing an extensive clientele.

How We Generate Revenue:

Sales of DubLi Credits made up 32.7% of our revenue in 2011. We charge $0.80 retail for each Dubli credit that is used to bid down the price of our products on both the Xpress and Unique bid reverse auctions. The revenue earned from the usage of the credits and the breakage from unused expired credits permits us to sell products at greatly discounted prices. Breakage of expired credits purchased in the prior year is a significant part of our revenue as we recognized an amount of breakage equal to 26.5% of our revenue. All remaining unused credits are categorized as a liability until used or expired. 96.0% of all DubLi Credits sold in 2011 were sold by the Business Associates affiliated with our network marketing company. The Business Associates purchase the DubLi credits at an average discounted price of $0.63 which enables them to earn an average of $0.17 per unit profit upon resale to their customers. The remaining 2.3% were sold directly from the DubLi.com website at full retail. In 2011, revenue from annual subscription fees paid by our Business Associates made up 1.5% of our revenue.

New name brand products and electronic gift cards sold from the auctions made up 36.3% of our revenue in 2011 and such sales are stated at the discounted price actually paid by the customer.

During 2011, we introduced three new subscription services which offer streaming music and entertainment and a new VIP and Smart Shopper shopping and rebate programs for a monthly subscription price. In conjunction with these new service offerings, we introduced our new corporate mascot, the “Dubot,” an online assistant that demonstrates our service offerings. Sales of the subscription packages: VIP Package, Music On-Demand and the Smart Shopper Package produced 1.6% of our revenue in 2011.

We also earn commission income from the online shops and stores affiliated with our online shopping mall from the sales they make to our customers. We split those commissions with our customers in the form of redeemable loyalty points. 1.1% of our revenue was from these commissions. During 2011, we introduced new versions of our online malls, previously only available in the US and Australia. The new mall is a search engine and online community for shoppers. We initially launched the new online shopping malls launching in three markets; Germany, the US and Canada and Australia in the first and second quarters. We later launched the malls in Spain and Denmark in the third and fourth quarters and the Global Mall was launched in October, just after our fiscal year ended.

We believe the factors that influence the success of our programs include the following:

• the appeal of the products and services we market and auction; • the number of visits to our sites and customer retention; • the number of merchants affiliated with our online shopping mall; • the continued expansion of our network marketing organization; • the success of our Business Associates and our contribution to their success; • the amounts we pay our Business Associates; • the development of new products and services; • the development of new advertising and marketing programs; • the development of partner programs; and • increasing competition from online reverse auctions and penny auctions.

Trends in Our Business

Shopping transactions continue to shift from offline to online as the digital economy evolves. This has contributed to the rapid growth of our business since inception, resulting in increased revenues, and we expect that our business will continue to grow. However, our revenue growth rate may not be sustainable over time, as a result of a number of factors, including increasing competition, the difficulty of maintaining growth rates as our revenues increase to higher levels, and increasing maturity of the online shopping market. We plan to continue to invest aggressively in our core areas of strategic focus.

The main focus of our shopping programs is to provide a fun and entertaining experience to our users, reflecting our commitment to constantly improve their overall web experience. As a result, we expect to continue to take steps to improve and increase the products offered on our website. These steps include the development of electronic gift cards, cash back shopping programs, and adventure based vacations, sweepstakes and an expanded global online shopping mall that provides a true worldwide shopping experience.

Both seasonal fluctuations in internet usage and traditional retail seasonality have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our business. Internet usage generally slows during the summer months, and shopping typically increases significantly in the fourth quarter of each calendar year. These seasonal trends have caused, and will likely continue to cause, fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We also continue to invest aggressively in our systems, data centers, corporate facilities, information technology infrastructure, and employees. We expect to increase our hiring in 2012 and provide competitive compensation programs for our employees. Our full-time employee and contractor headcount was 22 at September 30, 2009, 40 at September 30, 2010 and 50 at September 30, 2011. We expect acquisitions will become an important component of our strategy and use of capital. We also expect partner programs will become an important component of our strategy as we seek out partners with large retail customer bases who are interested in earning incremental revenue by private labeling our shopping and entertainment website. We expect our cost of revenues will increase in dollars and may increase as a percentage of revenues in future periods, primarily as a result of forecasted increases in traffic acquisition costs, data center costs, credit card and other transaction fees, content acquisition costs, and other costs.

As we expand our shopping programs and other products to international markets, we continue to increase our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency to US dollar exchange rates.

Throughout 2011, we took a number of specific steps to build our business and strengthen our company:

• In the first quarter, we hired a new Controller and additional accounting staff. • In the fourth quarter, we hired a Chief Operating Officer. • We upgraded and transferred our legal and compliance work to a national law firm. • We upgraded our auditors to a nationally recognized firm. • We hired an internal audit firm to improve and test internal controls. • We completed a $4.8 million private placement of our common shares. • We changed and improved our online and backend systems. • We added three independent directors to our Board, which then formed the following committees: Audit and Finance Nominating and Corporate Governance Compensation Corporate Communications

Recent Developments

The Company launched its Global online shopping mall in October 2011 and continues to work towards the launch of its first partner program. Throughout the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 and into the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, we continued to increase sales volumes as a result of the introduction of electronic gift cards onto the Xpress Auction on DubLi.com

Organization of Information

Management’s discussion and analysis provides a narrative on our financial performance and condition that should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this report. It includes the following sections:

• Use of estimates and critical accounting policies • Results of operations • Liquidity and capital resources • Contractual obligations

Operating results are not necessarily indicative of results that may occur in future periods.

Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and interest income in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those estimates related to deferred revenue and expense, breakage revenue, asset impairments, stock-based compensation and valuation allowances for deferred tax assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The following items in our consolidated financial statements require significant estimates and judgments:

Revenue recognition and deferred revenue: Product Sales and Services - The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification subtopic 605-10, Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605-10”). ASC 605-10 requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (iii) the selling price is fixed and determinable; and (iv), collectability is reasonably assured. Determination of criteria (iii) and (iv) are based on management’s judgments regarding the fixed nature of the selling prices of the products delivered and the collectability of those amounts. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded. The Company defers any revenue that is subject to refund, and, for which the product has not been delivered or the service has not been rendered. The Company’s revenue recognition policies for each of its products and services are as follows:

• Goods and services sold at auction – Revenue is recognized after receipt of payment and product shipment net of credit card charge - backs and refunds.

• “DubLi Credits ” – Consumers bid on the Company ’s online auctions by purchasing “DubLi Credits ” either directly on DubLi.com or from DubLi’s independent Business Associates who are members of the DubLi Marketing Network. All proceeds from the sales of “DubLi Credits” are recorded as deferred revenue until used by the consumer in the bidding process and the related revenue is earned. Purchases of DubLi Credits are non-refundable after three days. Unused Credits remaining in closed and inactive Business Associate accounts are recorded as revenue as if earned 30 days after the account is closed. Management makes this adjustment to reduce the deferred revenue liability and to increase revenue recognized based upon the remote possibility of future redemption. Unused Credits in consumers ’ accounts are not expired or broken and remain in deferred revenue until used.

• Subscription Fees – “ DubLi Business Associates ” pay a $175 annual subscription fee for the marketing and training services provided by DubLi Network. All proceeds from the sales of subscription fees are recorded as deferred revenue and recorded as revenue ratably over the twelve month service period plus any promotional extensions.

• Subscription Fees – DubLi Customers who purchase the “VIP”, “Music-on-Demand” or the “Smart Shopper” packages pay a monthly subscription fee of $28.95, $9.95 and $4.95, respectively, for those services. All proceeds from the sales of subscription fees are recorded as deferred revenue and recorded as revenue ratably over the monthly service period.

• BSP Rewards revenue is earned principally from revenue rebates (commissions) earned from merchants participating in its online shopping malls, gift card sales from each rewards mall program and, web design/maintenance/hosting it earns for building and hosting its private-branded online mall platform for outside organizations. The Company receives rebates from participating merchants on all transactions processed by BSP through its online mall platform. The percentage rebate paid by merchants varies between 1% and 30% and BSP normally shares 50% of the rebate with the member who made the purchase in the form of “Rewards Points.” The member share of the rebates are recorded as a liability until claimed by the member or until the two year expiration period is reached at which time the unclaimed Rewards Points are taken into income.

Direct cost of revenues and deferred expense: Included in Direct Cost of Revenues are the costs of goods sold and commissions and incentive bonuses earned by Business Associates on the sales of DubLi Credits. Commissions are based upon each Business Associate’s volume of Credit sales and that of other Business Associates who are sponsored by the subject Business Associate. Commissions are paid to Business Associates at the time of the sale of the Credits and are recognized as a deferred expense described as “Prepaid customer acquisitions costs” until the Credits are used or expire as breakage and then are charged to expense in direct proportion to the revenue then recognized. Incentive bonuses are paid either monthly or quarterly and the related expense is recorded when the Business Associate meets the stated sales goal for each particular promotional event.

Management ’s use of estimates and assumptions: The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, deferred income, accruals for incentive awards and unearned auction Credits at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting periods. Examples, though not all-inclusive, include estimates and assumptions of: loss contingencies; depreciation or amortization of the economic useful life of an asset; stock-based compensation forfeiture rates; estimating the fair value and impairment of assets; potential outcome of future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns; estimates of incentive awards and unearned auction Credits and determining when investment impairments are other-than temporary. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may materially differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Management regularly reviews estimates. Revisions to the estimates are reflected in results of operations as a change in accounting estimate in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known by management.

On December 2, 2011, management concluded that a misstatement occurred as a result of an error in accounting for breakage revenue from unused DubLi Credits. Management concluded that the previous method did not properly recognize breakage revenue. The Company has revised its breakage policy to include only DubLi Credits remaining in closed Business Associate accounts and is developing system changes that will automatically determine expiration as more fully described in Note 15.

S tock-based compensation : We recognize compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the fair value of all share- based payments to employees and directors, including grants of employee stock options and other share based awards. For stock options, we use the Black-Scholes option valuation model and the single-option award approach and straight-line attribution method. Using this approach, the compensation cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of each respective stock option, generally four years. We estimate forfeitures and adjust this estimate periodically based on the extent to which future actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates.

Income Taxes: We make estimates and judgments in determining the need for a provision for income taxes, including the estimation of our taxable income or loss for each full fiscal year. We have accumulated significant deferred tax assets. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of certain deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any. We are uncertain as to the timing and amount of any future earnings. Accordingly, we offset these net deferred tax assets with a valuation allowance. We may, in the future determine that more of our deferred tax assets will likely be realized, in which case we will reduce our valuation allowance in the quarter in which such determination is made. If the valuation allowance is reduced, we may recognize a benefit from income taxes in our statement of operations in that period. We classify interest recognized in connection with our tax positions as interest expense, when appropriate.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes and compares operating results for 2011 and 2010:

Year ended Percent of September 30, Increase Percent Revenue 2011 2010 (Decrease) Change 2011 2010 Restated Revenues $ 23,799,707 $ 9,866,245 $13,933,462 141.2% 100 % 100 % Direct cost of revenues 15,803,355 5,307,107 10,496,248 197.8% 66 % 54 % Gross profit 7,996,352 4,559,138 3,437,214 75.4% 34 % 46 % Selling, general and administrative 11,412,663 9,653,214 1,759,449 18.2% 48 % 98 % Write-off of obsolete software (721,656 ) (721,656) -3 % 0 % Loss from operations (4,137,966 ) (5,094,076 ) 956,110 -18.8% -17 % -52 % Interest expense (19,068 ) (12,654 ) (6,414) 50.7% 0 % 0 % Loss from operations before income taxes (4,157,034 ) (5,106,730 ) 949,696 -18.6% -17 % -52 % Income taxes - - - 0 % 0 % Net loss (4,157,034 ) (5,106,730 ) 949,696 -18.6% -17 % -52 % Foreign currency translation adjustment 400,922 (390,831 ) 791,753 -202.6% 2 % -4 % Comprehensive loss $ (3,756,112 ) $(5,497,561 ) $ 1,741,448 -31.7% -16 % -56 %

The following table summarizes quarterly operating results for 2011:

Quarters Ended Year Ended December 31, March 31, September September 2010 2011 June 30, 2011 30, 2011 30, 2011 Restated Restated Restated Revenues $ 1,861,338 $ 4,193,181 $ 8,123,050 $ 9,622,138 $ 23,799,707 Direct cost of revenues 322,068 2,069,019 4,626,296 8,785,972 15,803,355 Gross profit 1,539,270 2,124,162 3,496,754 836,166 7,996,352 Operating costs 2,836,776 2,955,326 2,608,575 3,733,641 12,134,318 Income (loss) from operations (1,297,506) (831,164 ) 888,179 (2,897,475) (4,137,966 ) Interest and income taxes 968 (2,302 ) (13,905) (3,829) (19,068) Net Income $ (1,296,538) $ (833,466 ) $ 874,274 $(2,901,304 ) $ (4,157,034 ) Basic earnings per share $ (0.01 ) $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ (0.01 ) $ (0.01 ) Diluted earnings per share $ (0.01 ) $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ (0.01 ) $ (0.01 )

For the Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

Revenues

During 2011, we recorded revenue of $23.8 million, an increase of revenue of 141% from the $9.9 million recorded in 2010. A significant portion of this revenue increase is attributed to the growth of our network of Business Associates in new countries and the change in format of our Xpress auctions.

We recognize revenue from the sale of DubLi Credits when a customer makes a bid at one of our online auctions by using the Credit. In addition, revenue includes the Company’s estimate, known as breakage, of DubLi Credits that will not be used. In 2011, we sold 9.1 million Dubli Credits for total sales proceeds of $5.8 million compared to 2010 sales of 25.1 million DubLi Credits for total sales proceeds of $15.8 million, a 63% decrease in sales. This is attributable to an overall decrease in sales activity from 2010 because the Company scaled back its sales and marketing effort in 2011 while it made changes to its auction formats, back office systems and other administrative changes. Of those unit sales, we recognize as revenue only those DubLi Credits that were used on the auction site (“usage”) and those that expire unused in closed Business Associate accounts (“breakage”). Revenue earned from the usage of the DubLi Credits from our online auctions was $3.3 million in 2011 as compared to $4.3 million in 2010, which resulted in decrease of $1.0 million or 23%. Usage revenue made up 14% and 43% of total revenue in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Revenue earned from the breakage of the DubLi Credits from our online auctions was $8.6 million in 2011 as compared to $3.7 million in 2010. This $4.9 million increase was due to a larger number of Business Associates accounts closing in 2011 than in 2010, a result of our decreased marketing efforts. As new Business Associates join our network, there is always some percentage of Business Associates who do not remain in the program. We are striving to reduce the breakage percentage and increase the utilization rate. As the utilization rate increases, more Business Associates remain in the network thereby increasing the amount of DubLi Credits they sell to customers resulting in increased auction activity.

Total revenue recognized from usage and breakage of DubLi Credits was $11.9 million in 2011 as compared to $8.0 million in 2010, a 49% increase attributable to the increase in breakage. Total revenue recognized on DubLi Credits was 50% and 81% of total revenues in 2011 and 2010, respectively. In the last quarter of 2011, we began to see increased sales activity resulting from renewed interest in our Xpress auction based on the format change from products and services to electronic gift cards. This change has increased auction sales activity and has significantly reduced breakage as a percentage of total unit sales by approximately 30% from the prior year. We expect the trend to continue in 2012 as our existing customers becoming more familiar with the online auction process, reductions in the user learning curve for new customers, improvements in our website, increases and our continued training of Business Associates in customer retention, new product rollouts and technology.

In addition, our revenue earned from the sale of DubLi Credits from our Company website was $0.3 million in 2011 as compared to $0.7 million in 2010, which resulted in decrease of $0.4 million or 57%. The decrease is the result of an overall decrease in sales activity as described above. We earn this revenue from customers purchasing DubLi Credits directly from the Company rather than from a Business Associate. The Company is more interested in revenue from the sale of DubLi Credits by Business Associates rather than from internally sold DubLi Credits because the Company believes that the Business Associate network is more efficient and cost effective than other forms of advertising and marketing. For this reason, the Company does not consider the decrease resulting from customers purchasing DubLi Credits directly from the Company to be as important as revenue resulting from sale of DubLi Credits to Business Associates.

We also earn revenue from the enrollment fee charged to a Business Associate when they either join or renew their membership. Our revenue earned from enrolling new and renewing old Business Associates is not significant by design. Our goal is to earn revenue from sales of our products and services rather than recruitment of Business Associates and therefore these fees are kept low intentionally. Enrollment fee revenue was $0.5 million in 2011 as compared to $0.7 million in 2010; this decline resulted from reduced marketing efforts while we restructured our business model. We did expand our multi-level marketing activities in new countries which enabled us to replace our turnover of Business Associates.

Our revenue earned from the sale of products from our online auction site was $8.6 million in 2011 as compared to $1.6 million in 2010, which resulted in an improvement of $7.0 million or 437%. Unlike most traditional business models, our revenue from the sale of products at our online auction site results from our use of a reverse auction business model, in which the customer bids down the selling price of the product sold. Accordingly, the lower the selling price, the more revenue we are earning from the sale of a Credit that is used to bid at our online auction site. For this reason, management does consider the revenue earned from the sale of products to be integral to its business model. The large increase in volume is due to a change in the format of the Xpress Auction that we adopted in May 2011 whereby we replaced all products and services with electronic gift cards that are redeemable for cash. This new concept has a much broader appeal to consumers than the limited product offerings that we previously auctioned. As a result of this change in format, we have experienced greatly expanded participation in the auctions.

Our revenue earned from our private branded loyalty and reward web malls where members receive rebates (rewards) on products and services from participating merchants was $.3 million in 2011 as compared to $1.9 million in 2010, which resulted in a decline of $1.6 million or 84%. The decline is attributable to decrease in end user’s shopper’s activity at the respective malls, our on-going initiative to pro-actively eliminate the less desirable and essentially non-converting traffic from poor performing web malls, changes in management, and slower than expected integration of our private branded loyalty and reward web malls into the Company’s core business. The decline is attributable to changes in management because new management eliminated unprofitable sales of gift cards and, after departing from the Company, previous management started a competing website that was successful in diverting a major customer to their website. The BSP Rewards business is not part of our growth strategy as we have shifted all of our focus to the DubLi web shopping mall.

During the first quarter of 2011, we rolled out an improved website to enhance our customers shopping experience with improved integration of the web shopping mall experience with our auction and music sites. In addition, we introduced several new subscription packages. Revenue earned from the VIP, Music on Demand and Super Saver Packages was $0.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. Because these programs are new, revenue earned during 2011 from these new product offerings was not yet a substantial portion of our business.

Direct Costs

Direct costs are those costs that consist of commissions that are earned by our Business Associates and costs of products acquired which are used in the auctions and gift cards that are redeemed by our shopping mall customers.

We incurred direct costs of $15.8 million in 2011 as compared to $5.3 million in 2010, which resulted in an increase of $10.5 million or 198%.

Commissions expense to Business Associates were $5.6 million in 2011 as compared to $.4 million in 2010, which resulted in an increase of $5.2 million. This increase primarily relates to the increase in the recognition of deferred revenue from DubLi Credits.

Our purchases of inventory and cash deliveries of electronic gift cards for our online auctions were $10.9 million in 2011 as compared to $3.2 million in 2010, which resulted in an increase of $7.7 million or 241%. This increase is due to the increase in sales volume that we experienced as a result of the change in format of the Xpress auction.

Deferred revenue and Prepaid customer acquisition costs

Deferred (unearned) revenue is recorded for all sales of products and services for which we have been paid in advance. We earn the revenue from those sales when we provide the product or service. Deferred revenue consists primarily of unused DubLi credits and the unearned portion of monthly and annual subscription packages such as VIP packages and Ebiz kits. Revenue is recognized from DubLi Credits as they are used for bidding on the Unique Bid or Xpress Auction, or when they expire worthless in closed Business Associate accounts. Subscriptions packages collected in advance are recognized as revenue ratably over the subscription coverage period.

Prepaid customer acquisition costs consist primarily of commissions paid to Business Associates and other incremental direct marketing and website costs incurred to support the Business Associate Network. These costs are recognized as expense in direct proportion to the related revenue recognition described above.

These accounts have a significant effect on the Company earnings because we have been paid in advance of the service that we have sold and because we pay commissions and other costs in advance of the recognition of sales revenue. Our cash flow precedes our net earnings from such activities. The following tables show the significance of the asset and liability accounts and their future impact on our earnings results. The trend indicates a steady decrease in deferred revenue despite an increasing trend in sales of DubLi Credits. This trend indicates that consumers are using their DubLi Credits at a faster rate which will increase the rate of revenue recognition.

December 31, March 31, June 30, September 30, Fiscal 2011 2010 2011 2011 2011 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Prepaid customer acquisition costs $ 10,844,727 $ 10,448,041 $ 7,620,225 $ 6,958,894 Deferred revenue 21,337,242 20,421,194 15,081,425 13,830,389

December 31, March 31, June 30, September 30, Fiscal 2010 2009 2010 2010 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Prepaid customer acquisition costs $ 7,193,197 $ 8,013,334 $ 9,009,380 $ 9,768,194 Deferred revenue 14,979,611 16,666,543 18,733,421 20,436,112

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense consists primarily of: payroll and related expenses for executive and administrative personnel; fees for professional services; costs related to leasing, maintaining and operating our facilities; credit card fees; recruiting fees; travel costs for executive and administrative personnel; insurance, expenses and fees associated with the reporting and other obligations of a public company; bad debts; and other general and administrative services. Fees for professional services include amounts due to lawyers, auditors, tax advisors, and other professionals in connection with operating our business, and evaluating and pursuing new opportunities. These costs increased by $1.8 million from $9.6 million in 2010 to $11.4 million in 2011, an 18% increase.

The significant changes to the components of SG&A expense were the results of a $0.4 million or 57% decrease in advertising and marketing costs. As described above, we reduced our marketing efforts from $0.8 million to $0.3 million per year while we revamped our websites and product offerings. Depreciation and amortization increased 19% from $0.7 million to $0.9 million from 2010 to 2011 due to increases in capitalized computer hardware and software. The primary factor driving the increase in SG&A costs was stock compensation which increased 245% from $0.6 million to $2.2 million as a result of new stock and option grants to the CEO, COO, the Board Members and various other employees and contractors. Other SG&A costs increased only 7% from $7.5 million to $8.0 million from 2010 to 2011 and included a one-time charge to write off a $0.3 million worthless option agreement.

Write-off of obsolete software

We charged operations with a one-time write-off of obsolete software with a $0.7 million remaining cost which was 3% of revenue.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net, consists primarily of earnings on our cash, cash equivalents net of interest expense. Interest income was $0 and $978 for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest expense was $19,068 and $13,632 for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in interest expense results from the increased borrowings from Michael Hansen, our Chief Executive Officer.

Income Taxes

For the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, we recorded the following tax provisions (benefits) (in thousands except percentages):

2011 2010 (Restated) Provision (benefit) for taxes $ - $ - Loss before provision for income taxes $ 4,157 $ 5,107 Effective tax rates 0 % 0 %

Net Loss

As a result of the factors described above, for the year ended September 30, 2011, we generated a net loss of $4.2 million, or a net loss of $0.01 per basic and diluted share. For the year ended September 30, 2010, we generated a net loss of $5.1 million, or a net loss of $0.18 per basic and diluted share.

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation

Net revenues and related expenses generated from international locations are denominated in the functional currencies of the local countries, primarily in Euros. The results of operations and certain of our intercompany balances associated with our international locations are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. The consolidated statements of operations of our international subsidiaries are translated into US dollars at the average exchange rates in each applicable period. To the extent the US dollar weakens against foreign currencies, this translation methodology results in these local foreign currency transactions increasing the consolidated net revenues, operating expenses, and net income. Similarly, our consolidated net revenues, operating expenses, and net income will decrease when the US dollar strengthens against foreign currencies.

During 2011, the US Dollar strengthened slightly against the Euro. Exchange rates in effect were 1.359 at September 30, 2011 and 1.361 at September 30, 2010. The average rate year to date increased approximately 3%. Had the exchange rates used in the consolidated financial statements not changed from September 30, 2010, our net revenues for the year ended September 30, 2011, would have been approximately $0.7 million higher than we reported. In addition, had the exchange rates used in the consolidated financial statements not changed from the end of 2010, direct costs and selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended September 30, 2011 would have been $0.3 million higher than we reported.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2011 the Company had total cash and cash equivalents of $1.5 million. This represents a $1.0 million or 209% increase from the total cash and cash equivalents $0.5 million at September 30, 2010.

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities totaled $2.6 million during the year ended September 30, 2011. Year -to-date net loss of $4.2 million included noncash depreciation, and amortization and noncash equity charges of $5.1 million. Since inception, the Company has met its working capital needs principally through sales of DubLi Credits to the Company’s Business Associates. To attract and maintain the level of Business Associates, significant amounts are spent on customer acquisition costs and commissions. Together these factors are key cash flow drivers to the Company’s operating cash flows. Changes to the amount of revenue deferred and breakage estimates had a significant impact on the Company’s revenue and incremental costs in the year of the change and such changes may impact future years. In addition, we continue to be impacted by a significant reduction of available cash due to the $2.2 million of restricted cash, which relates to a dispute between the Company and one of its credit card processors, in which the credit card processor has failed to remit customer proceeds that it is holding back from the Company.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $1.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2010. Year -to-date net loss of $5.1 million included noncash depreciation, and amortization and noncash equity charges of $2.4 million. In addition, a significant reduction of cash used in operating activities is reflected by the increased restricted cash, prepaid expenses offset by increases in commissions payable and deferred revenue. To attract and maintain the level of Business Associates, significant amounts are spent on customer acquisition costs and commissions. Together these factors are key cash flow drivers to the Company’s operating cash flows. Changes to the amount of revenue deferred and breakage estimates had a significant impact on the Company’s revenue and incremental costs in the year of the change and such changes may impact future years.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities totaled approximately $0.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2011. Cash was used in investing activities to purchase equipment and software.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled approximately $4.6 million during the year ended September 30, 2010. Cash was used in investing activities to purchase capital assets, software license and real estate that amounted to $2.4 million and another $2.2 million was held in restricted cash.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $3.9 during the year ended September 30, 2011 which primarily consisted of borrowings of $1.0 million and repayments of $1.9 million to Mr. Hansen together with $4.8 million in proceeds from the private placement of common stock.

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $1.0 million during the year ended September 30, 2010 which primarily consisted of borrowings of $0.9 million and repayments of $0.10 million to Michael Hansen, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Company received $0.13 million from issuance of warrants and common shares.

The Company does not currently maintain a line of credit or term loan with any commercial bank or other financial institution but in March 2011 we did enter into a $5 million line of credit agreement with Mr. Hansen that was repaid in full and canceled on September 30, 2011. We can provide no assurance that we will not require additional financing. Likewise, we can provide no assurance that if we need additional financing that it will be available in an amount or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain additional funds when they are needed or if such funds cannot be obtained on terms favorable to us, we may be unable to execute upon our business plan or pay our costs and expenses as they are incurred, which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity

The Company usually maintains a significant portion of its cash (“restricted cash”) with its two credit card processing companies to mitigate their financial risk arising from the sale of the Company’s products and services, one credit card processing company for US based transactions and the other for foreign based transactions. The reserve requirements have ranged from 5% to 50% for a rolling term of six months. The Company has classified these accounts as a current asset because the funds turnover regularly with both monthly inflows and outflows from the accounts and none of the funds are held for more than 12 months. During the first quarter of 2010, the Company became aware that one of its credit card processing companies that held $2.2 million was improperly retaining the cash for completed transactions that was due the Company. In October 2010, the Company instituted a lawsuit against this credit card processing company which in-turn terminated the agreement with the Company. In addition, the Company was informed that the credit card processing company entered into bankruptcy, however, the Company’s counsel was informed that these funds are not part of the bankruptcy. Management has also been informed by the Company’s counsel that such funds are collectible, however protracted litigation may result. Accordingly, such amount has been classified as long-term in the consolidated balance sheets. This situation has negatively impacted the Company’s cash position and resulted in increased borrowings from Michael Hansen the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

In addition to the loss of liquidity resulting from the restricted cash expected to be held long-term, as of September 30, 2011, the Company was committed to pay an additional $562,500 on the contract to acquire the Cayman property more fully described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company is growing and making changes to its product offerings and that growth will place additional demands on future cash flows and decrease liquidity as we improve our systems and increase our staff to meet those demands. Our future liquidity and capital requirements will depend on numerous factors including the pace of expansion of our operations, competitive pressures, and acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or businesses. We expect the Company to grow in a post recessionary, slow growth economic environment as a result of the business opportunity that our network marketing organization offers to many people. We expect to increase our marketing efforts in order to grow our network of Business Associates which will place additional demands on our cash flows and liquidity.

As a result, we currently anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2011 may not be sufficient, at a minimum, to meet our liquidity needs for working capital and capital expenditures over the next few months. We recognize that traditional lending may not be available to our Company because of the current global economic debt crisis, and because web based businesses, specifically reverse auctions and network marketing companies, are considered higher risk borrowers. Even if available, there can be no assurance that any financing arrangements will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us.

Because of these constraints to future sources of capital and increased liquidity, in the event we need additional cash to satisfy our commitments and fund our growth, we may continue to borrow from Michael Hansen, our Chief Executive Officer. As a result of our recapitalization, we increased our authorized shares to 500 million, of which approximately 360 million are issued and outstanding as of the date of this report. Accordingly, we also may seek additional capital through the issuance of debt or equity to fund working capital, expansion of our business and/or acquisitions, or to capitalize on market conditions. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to existing stockholders.

Between September 30, 2011 and the date of this report, we have not borrowed any money from Mr. Hansen but he has committed to support the Company and make funds available for future working capital if needed. During 2011, we completed a private placement of $4.8 million in Europe using a Regulation S exemption from registration. We plan to make a second Regulation S offering available in February 2012 for 20 million shares at $0.30 per share in order to raise an additional $6 million in equity capital.

Cash in Foreign Subsidiaries

The Company has significant operations outside the US. As a result, cash generated by and used in the Company's foreign operations is repatriated only in amounts sufficient to pay management and administrative expenses in the US, or to fund certain US operational costs. As of September 30, 2011, the Company held $1.4 million of unrestricted and $2.3 million of restricted cash in foreign subsidiaries.

Should foreign cash be repatriated, the Company will be subject to US tax at the applicable US federal statutory rate on the amount treated as a dividend for US income tax purposes. Dividend treatment will largely be the result of the collective financial position of the foreign subsidiaries at the time of repatriation. Any US income tax attributable to repatriated earnings may be offset by foreign income taxes paid on such earnings. Due to the significance of its foreign operations, the Company does not foresee the need to repatriate foreign cash in excess of its US funding needs.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

At September 30, 2011 we have the following contractual obligations and commitments:

More than Payments due by period Total Less than 1 Year 1-3 years 3-5 years 5 years Operating Lease Obligations $ 2,484,157 $ 275,135 $ 799,755 $ 628,385 $ 780,882 Estimated cost to fill Cayman lots $ 562,500 $ 562,500 - - -

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Not Applicable.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The full text of our audited consolidated financial statements is on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Financial Statement Schedules” pursuant to Item 15, Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules, of Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Previously reported in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2011.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2011. The term “disclosure controls and procedures” as defined in Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”), means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2011 and due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described in our accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting .

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for our Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

• pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company ’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011. In connection with this assessment, we identified the following material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—An Integrated Framework (September 1992). Because of the material weaknesses described below, management concluded that, as of September 30, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective.

(1) Control environment—We did not maintain an effective control environment. The control environment, which is the responsibility of senior management, sets the tone of the organization, influences the control consciousness of its people, and is the foundation for all other components of internal control over financial reporting. Each of the following control environment material weaknesses also contributed to the material weaknesses discussed in items (2) through (4) below. Our control environment was ineffective because of the following material weaknesses:

(a) We did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience, and training in the application of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) commensurate with our financial reporting requirements and business environment. This material weakness resulted in material restatements and post-closing adjustments relating to revenue recognition, cutoffs, improper report groupings, consolidations and various account errors which have been reflected in the restated financial statements for the years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and the quarters ended December 31, 2009, March 31 and June 30 and December 31, 2010 and March 31 and June 30, 2011.

(b) We did not maintain an effective anti-fraud program designed to detect and prevent fraud relating to (i) an effective whistle-blower program or other comparable mechanism and (ii) an ongoing program to manage and identify fraud risks.

(c) We did not maintain effective controls over the segregation of duties. Specifically, effective controls were not designed and implemented to ensure the following accounting functions were properly segregated for inventory, purchasing, shipping, bank reconciliations, payroll and accounts payable. In addition, we did not have effective general controls over information technology security and user access.

(d) We experienced excessive employee turnover, including the replacement of our accounting staff and CFO, nor did we have proper job descriptions, performance appraisals, and as a result our employees may not have a clear understanding of their responsibilities to facilitate proper internal control over financial reporting.

(e) We rely extensively on outside service providers, most of which did not provide a Type II SAS 70 report on their internal controls.

(f) We did not maintain effective controls over spreadsheets used in the Company’s financial reporting process. Specifically, controls were not designed and in place throughout the year to ensure that unauthorized modification of the data or formulas within spreadsheets were prevented.

(g) We experienced problems with the post-merger integration of our accounting processes, personnel, systems and procedures which differed greatly between Berlin, Germany and Boca Raton, Florida.

The control environment material weaknesses described above contributed to the material weaknesses related to our monitoring of internal control over financial reporting, period end financial close and reporting, as described in items (2) to (4) below.

(2) Monitoring of internal control over financial reporting—we did not maintain effective monitoring controls to determine the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting and related policies and procedures because of the following material weaknesses:

(a) Our policies and procedures with respect to the review, supervision and monitoring of our accounting operations throughout the organization were either not designed, in place or operating effectively.

(b) We did not maintain an effective internal control monitoring function nor did we perform a risk assessment. Specifically, there were insufficient policies and procedures to effectively communicate and determine the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting and to monitoring the ongoing effectiveness thereof.

(c) We did not maintain formal cash flow forecasts, business plans, and organizational structure documents to guide the employees in critical decision-making processes.

Each of these material weaknesses relating to the monitoring of our internal control over financial reporting contributed to the material weaknesses described in items (3) through (4) below.

(3) Period end financial close and reporting—Due to a pervasive lack of proper segregation of duties within the finance department, we did not establish and maintain effective controls over certain of our period-end financial close and reporting processes because of the following material weaknesses:

(a) We did not maintain effective controls over the preparation and review of the interim consolidated financial statements to ensure that we identified and accumulated all required supporting information to ensure the completeness and accuracy of the consolidated financial statements and that balances and disclosures reported in the consolidated financial statements reconciled to the underlying supporting schedules and accounting records.

(b) We did not maintain procedures and effective controls over the preparation, review and approval of account reconciliations and application programming interfaces (“API”) with third parties or our own systems. Specifically, we did not have effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of supporting schedules for substantially all financial statement account reconciliations.

(c) We did not maintain effective controls over the recording of either recurring or non-recurring journal entries. Specifically, effective controls were not designed and implemented to ensure that journal entries were properly prepared with sufficient support or documentation or were reviewed and approved to ensure the accuracy and completeness of the journal entries recorded.

(4) Prior to April 8, 2011, we did not have a functioning audit committee due to a lack of a majority of independent members and a lack of a majority of outside directors on our board of directors, resulting in ineffective oversight in the establishment and monitoring of required internal controls and procedures. Nor did we have a Compensation Committee, compensation charter or any formal procedure for the review, approval or ratification of certain related-party transactions that may be required to be reported under the SEC disclosure rules.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As previously reported in Item 4.A.(T) of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, we reported material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act). As a result of those material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, our principal financial officer concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective in prior quarters. Those material weaknesses included the following:

• Inadequate accounting personnel. • Delays in the post -Merger integration of the Company ’s and CG ’s administrative, accounting and reporting systems and procedures. • Delays in the post -Merger integration and implementation of an effective system of internal control that governs the combined entities. • Delays in the adoption of board charters and policies and procedures that specify the policies and procedures to be utilized by Company when considering and/or engaging in related party transactions.

Except for the effects of the departure of our Chief Financial Officer on July 15, 2010 and the hiring of a Chief Financial Officer on September 30, 2010 and the hiring of certain accounting department personnel beginning in December 2010, and the appointment of three new independent board members and the formation of an audit committee, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. In addition, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, we undertook and began a more detailed analysis of our material weaknesses to understand and disclose the nature of each material weakness and its impact on our financial reporting and its internal controls over financial reporting in order to develop a more detailed framework for remediation. However, as described below under “Remediation Plans” we have subsequently dedicated significant resources to support our efforts to improve the control environment and to remedy the control weaknesses described herein.

Remediation Plans

To address the identified material weakness discussed above, we have:

1. Engaged a firm of ERP system consultants to assist with the integration of the Company ’s accounting and reporting systems into a single automated system. 2. Hired a new Chief Financial Officer, Controller and Chief Technical Officer. 3. Commenced a reorganization of our accounting and administrative staff designed to improve workflow and enhance internal controls. 4. Engaged a law firm to advise us regarding securities law compliance and corporate governance standards. 5. Hired a CPA firm to assist us in the preparation of our tax accrual and footnote. 6. Hired additional accounting staff. 7. Engaged an internal audit firm to assist with control assessment and remediation. 8. Engaged a new independent audit firm.

To address the identified material weakness discussed above, we are in the process of enhancing our internal control processes as follows:

1. Control Environment a. Continue to upgrade our accounting staff in order to achieve an effective control environment. b. Develop an anti -fraud program and implement a whistle -blower program and a program to manage and identify fraud risks. c. Continue to reorganize our accounting and administrative staff designed to improve workflow and enhance internal controls. d. Formalize our finance -related job descriptions for all staff levels that specifically identify required financial reporting roles, responsibilities, and competencies, and clarify responsibility for maintaining our internal controls over financial information. e. The Company will use its best efforts to obtain appropriate Type II SAS 70 service auditor’s reports from its service organizations when available. f. Complete system upgrades and take training to better utilize our ERP system to lessen the use of spreadsheets and to also develop controls over spreadsheets and migrate from spreadsheet based consolidations to using the consolidations capabilities built into our ERP system.

2. Monitoring of internal control over financial reporting a. Continue to improve our policies and procedures with respect to the review, supervision and monitoring of our accounting operations. b. Perform a risk assessment and improve our monitoring function in conjunction with our ERP system. c. Formalize our process to improve the organization structure and develop forecasts and plans by which our management can measure achievement against formalized benchmarks.

3. Period end financial close and reporting a. We will continue to improve our financial reporting and closing processes. b. We will continue to document and implement controls over financial reporting.

If the remedial measures described above are insufficient to address any of the identified material weaknesses or are not implemented effectively, or additional deficiencies arise in the future, material misstatements in our interim or annual consolidated financial statements may occur in the future and we may continue to be delinquent in our filings. We are currently working to improve and simplify our internal processes and implement enhanced controls, as discussed above, to address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and to remedy the ineffectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. A key element of our remediation effort is the ability to recruit and retain qualified individuals to support our remediation efforts. While our Board of Directors have been supportive of our efforts by supporting the hiring of various individuals in our finance department, as well as, funding efforts to improve our financial reporting system, improvement in internal control will be hampered if we cannot recruit and retain more qualified professionals. Among other things, any un-remediated material weaknesses could result in material post-closing adjustments in future financial statements.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Executive Officers

Set forth below are the names and ages of our executive officers.

Name Age Position Michael B. Hansen 42 President and Chief Executive Officer and Director Mark Mroczkowski 58 Chief Financial Officer Alessandro Annoscia* 47 Chief Operating Officer Andreas Kusche 41 General Counsel and Secretary

* Mr. Annoscia was appointed Chief Operating Officer on July 1, 2011.

Board of Directors

Pursuant to our Bylaws, the size of our Board may range from one to 15 directors. Our Board is currently comprised of four directors. Three of these directors, Messrs.’ Thuesen, Moros and Rosenkrantz, were appointed to the Board, on April 8, 2011. Our directors are elected annually and serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

On March 31, 2011, Andreas Kusche resigned his position as a member of the Board, which resignation was effective on that date. Mr. Kusche’s resignation was not the result of any disagreement between the Company and him on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices. Mr. Kusche remains in his roles as General Counsel and Secretary of the Corporation.

Name Age Position Michael B. Hansen 42 President and Chief Executive Officer and Director Niels Burtenshaw Thuesen 48 Chairman of the Board Blas Garcia Moros 49 Member of the Board Lester Rosenkrantz 70 Member of the Board

Biographical Information

Set forth below is biographical information for each executive officer and director.

Michael B. Hansen served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since October 2009 and a director since September 20, 2010. Mr. Hansen originally founded the DubLi group of entities under its prior operating model in 2003 and established the current operating model in October 2008. Mr. Hansen served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the DubLi entities from inception in 2003 until the Merger in October 2009. Mr. Hansen started his career in 1989 as a developer at the Danfoss A/S, a Denmark-based producer of components and solutions for refrigeration, air conditioning and heating. In the early 90’s, he worked at The LEGO Group as technical designer and was responsible for world development and designs. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Hansen was the owner of a chain of restaurants in Denmark. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Hansen was a self-employed consultant to a number of companies in the financial and telecommunication industries, assisting these companies to build successful marketing organizations. Mr. Hansen earned a degree in Mechanical Engineering from Teknisk Skole in Denmark in 1989.

Mr. Hansen was selected to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his diverse entrepreneurial experiences.

Alessandro Annoscia has served as Chief Operating Officer since July 1, 2011. From August 2010 to June 2011, he was Founder and the Chief Operating Officer of Pointgrow, Inc. assisting Groupon GBMH in the expansion of their Asian operations, specifically in Japan and China where he assumed the role of Vice President International and Sales Director E-Commerce Team Beijing. Between June 2009 and June 2010, Mr. Annoscia was Chief Operating Officer for Rackup.com, a startup company in Los Altos, California engaged marketing gift cards and other prepaid services. From October 2008 to May 2009, he was Vice President, Sales and Delivery for Visionaria Americas in Mexico City a startup focused on small business accelerator services. From October 1993 to October 2008, Mr. Annoscia rose through the ranks of Microsoft Corporation to become the Senior Director, Global Sales Excellence. Mr. Annoscia has a Bachelor’s degree from Jones College and attended various executive management courses at Columbia University as part of his executive development during his career at Microsoft.

Mark Mroczkowski , from April 2008 until September 30, 2010, was an independent consultant providing business advisory, investment banking services and interim chief accounting officer and chief financial officer services. On September 30, 2010, he became the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. From 2000 to April 2008, Mr. Mroczkowski was the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Sequiam Corporation, Inc., an OTCBB quoted original equipment and design manufacturer of biometric software and hardware located in Orlando, Florida. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Mroczkowski was the Chief Financial Officer of GeoStar Corporation, a natural resources developer based in Mt. Pleasant, Michigan. From 1985 to 1996, Mr. Mroczkowski was the Managing Partner of Mroczkowski, Simmons & LaPlant, CPA’s of Tampa Florida. Mr. Mroczkowski began his career with Big 4 accounting firms. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business at Florida State University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Andreas Kusche has served as General Counsel of the Company since October 2009 and as a director of the Company since March 2010. From September 2007 until the Merger in October 2009, Mr. Kusche serve as head of legal services of DubLi and its related predecessor Internet auction entities. From September 2004 through August 2007, Mr. Kusche practiced law in Germany, both as a solo practitioner and, from January 2007 through May 2007, at the Härting law firm in Berlin, focusing primarily on tax law and media law. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kusche launched the German film production service company “Screenart” in 2000 and served as the company’s Head of Financial & Legal Department until August 2004. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Kusche worked as a consultant to an international film fund. Mr. Kusche studied at Humboldt University in Berlin, as well as at the University of Alicante in Spain obtaining his law degree in 2004 from Humboldt University.

Niels Burtenshaw Thuesen has served as a member of the Board of Directors since April 8, 2011. Mr. Thuesen had an extensive career of building Scandinavia’s largest venture capital asset management firm and Denmark’s leading institutional asset manager, BankInvest Group. Mr. Thuesen held several positions at BankInvest, having served as Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2008, Chief Investment Officer from 1990 to 1997 and managing director from 1992 to 1997. Since 2009, he has focus on his own consultancy practice (ACTN). Under Mr. Thuesen’s leadership, BankInvest increased profits to owners more than 500 times (50,000%) to over $100 million and assets under management more than 75 times to $30 billion. Mr. Thuesen was responsible for developing and managing BankInvest’s entire business with hands on involvement specifically in developing relationships with professional institutional investors which included asset management of a variety of public equity niche areas, private equity and venture capital as well as training and development of the firm’s portfolio management team who focused on several niche asset management businesses that Mr. Thuesen created and designed. He was also responsible for the administration of Mutual Funds and General firm-wide administration. Currently, Mr. Thuesen holds several additional Board positions including Styrelsen for International Udviklingssamarbejde (the Board of Danida – the entity within the Danish Government’s Department for Foreign Affairs, that distributes the Danish Governments collective aid to less developed countries); Chairman of MYC4 (a firm providing micro finance to African entrepreneurs in seven African countries), Kirk Kapital (a family Office), and the Presidential Advisory Board for the country, Mozambique, and former member of the board of the Danish Venture Capital & Private Equity Association. He holds an M.sc from Aarhaus Business School and completed the Top Executive Management Program at DIEU.

Mr. Thuesen was selected to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his extensive business and finance experience.

Blas Garcia Moros has served as a member of the Board of Directors since April 8, 2011. Mr. Moros spent 15 years at Microsoft Corporation, from May 1985 until February 2000, where he was one of the founders of Microsoft Latin America. Mr. Moros held numerous positions during his tenure at Microsoft, including positions in Latin America and Asia, as well as the Company’s headquarters in Redmond, Washington. His last position at Microsoft, from September 1997 to February 2000, was based in Singapore as the Regional Director South Asia and President, Microsoft Regional Sales Corporation (Asia), where he was responsible for the management and leadership of the region which encompassed all countries with southern Asia, including India, Indonesia, Thailand, Philippines, Vietnam, Malaysia and Singapore. For the last five years, Mr. Moros has been a private investor in a variety of businesses, and is currently an advisor to and a member of various advisory boards of several private companies, primarily in the technology sector. Mr. Moros speaks four languages and holds the equivalent of a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Innsbruck, Austria.

Mr. Moros was selected to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his business technology experience.

Lester Rosenkrantz has served as a member of the Board of Directors since April 8, 2011. He is a Wall Street veteran with decades of experience in all facets of the micro and mid-cap equity markets. For the past ten years, he has been President of Cameron Associates, Inc., a leading New York-based, independent investor relations firm. During his career, he has been instrumental in financing many public and private companies. Prior to joining Cameron, Mr. Rosenkrantz spent 38 years in the investment banking and brokerage business, including a 17 year tenure as CEO of Rosenkrantz, Lyon & Ross, Incorporated, a NYSE-member firm. As a banker, he garnered in-depth experience in representing companies and their management as they interacted with their Boards of Directors, investment bankers, syndicate managers, analysts, retail and institutional brokers, as well as attorneys and accountants. He currently is a member of the Board of Directors of Scar Guard Labs, LLC, a privately-held specialty pharmaceutical company. Mr. Rosenkrantz graduated from Pennsylvania State University with a B.S. in Business Administration.

Mr. Rosenkrantz was selected to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his finance and investment banking experience.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Management

Mr. Hansen currently serves as our principal executive officer and Mr. Thuesen currently serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors does not have a policy as to whether the positions of Chairman and the principal executive officer should be held by the same or different people. Our Board of Directors believes its current leadership structure is appropriate because it allocates authority, responsibility, and oversight between management and the members of our Board of Directors. It does this by giving primary responsibility for the operational leadership and strategic direction of the Company to our principal executive officer, while enabling the Chairman to facilitate our Board of Directors’ oversight of management, promote communication between management and our Board of Directors, and support our Board of Directors’ consideration of key governance matters.

The Board of Directors is engaged in the oversight of risk through regular updates from Mr. Hansen, in his role as our Chief Executive Officer, and other members of our management team, regarding those risks confronting us, the actions and strategies necessary to mitigate those risks and the status and effectiveness of those actions and strategies. The updates are provided at regularly scheduled Board of Directors and committee meetings as well as through more frequent informal meetings that include the Chairman of the Board of Directors, our Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and other members of our management team. The Board of Directors provides insight into the issues, based on the experience of its members, and provides constructive challenges to management’s assumptions and assertions.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

We are required to identify each person who was an officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 10% of our registered equity securities during our most recent fiscal year and who failed to file on a timely basis reports required by Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

To our knowledge, based solely on review of these filings and written representations from the certain reporting persons, we believe that during the year ended September 30, 2011, our officers, directors and significant stockholders have timely filed the appropriate form under Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act, except for (i) four late Forms 4 reporting an aggregate of five transactions for Betina Dupont Sorensen, and (ii) three late Forms 4 reporting an aggregate of four transactions for Andreas Kusche.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, (including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller, and any person performing similar functions). A copy of our code of ethics is publicly available on our website at www.medianetgroup.com/corporate -governance . If we make any substantive amendments to our code of ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Diversity Considerations in Identifying Director Nominees

We do not have a formal diversity policy or set of guidelines in selecting and appointing directors that comprise our Board of Directors. However, when making determinations regarding the size and composition of our Board of Directors, our Board of Directors does consider each individual director’s qualifications, skills, business experience and capacity to serve as a director and the diversity of these attributes for the Board of Directors as a whole.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

Lester Rosenkrantz, Niels Thuesen and Blas Moros serve as our Audit and Finance Committee. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Rosenkrantz qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The board of directors has also determined that the members of the Audit and Finance Committee are qualified to serve on the committee and have the experience and knowledge to perform the duties required of the committee.

Executive Employment Agreements

In connection with the Merger, we assumed employment agreements between CG and its subsidiaries, for Messrs. Hansen and Kusche and Ms. Betina Dupont Sorensen.

Effective October 1, 2009, Mr. Hansen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, entered into an employment agreement with CG and its subsidiaries. This employment agreement has an initial term of three years and is automatically renewable for an additional one-year term, unless terminated in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The agreement provides for a monthly base salary of 15,000€ to be reviewed annually and a minimum annual bonus of 15% of the subject executive’s annual base salary. Our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, increase Mr. Hansen’s base salary and award bonuses and equity awards to Mr. Hansen at any time. The agreement also provides for a minimum automobile allowance in the amount of EUR 1,500 per month, insurance on any vehicle covered by the automobile allowance, vacation, participation in all benefit plans offered by us to our executives and the reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. Pursuant to the agreement, we are required to obtain and maintain a $2 million life insurance policy on Mr. Hansen, with $1 million payable on death to the Company and $1 million payable on the death to the subject executive’s directed beneficiary. The agreement also contains non-disclosure, non- solicitation and non-compete restrictions. The non-solicitation and non-compete restrictions survive for a period of eighteen months following the date of termination of the employment with the Company. On May 14, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors affirmed Mr. Hansen’s contract and increased his base salary from 15,000€ per month to $21,000 per month and granted him options to purchase up to twenty-five million shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $0.15 per share. Options exercisable for ten million shares of common stock vested at December 31, 2011, and the remaining Options exercisable for fifteen million shares are scheduled to vest at the rate of 3,000,000 shares per year for each of five successive years.

Effective October 1, 2009, Mr. Kusche, our General Counsel, entered into an employment agreement with CG and its subsidiaries. This agreement has an initial term of three years and is automatically renewable for an additional one-year term, unless terminated in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The agreement provides for a monthly base salary of EUR 7,500 to be reviewed annually and a minimum annual bonus of 15% of Mr. Kusche’s annual base salary. Pursuant to the Agreement, Mr. Kusche is entitled to receive 150,000 shares of our Common Stock on each of October 1, 2010 and October 1, 2011, however, effective September 30, 2010; Mr. Kusche waived his right to those shares in consideration of the 4.4 million share grant described below. Our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, increase Mr. Kusche’s salary and award bonuses and equity awards to Mr. Kusche at any time. The agreement also provides for a minimum automobile allowance in the amount of EUR 800 per month, insurance on any vehicle covered by the automobile allowance, vacation, participation in all benefit plans offered by us to our executives and the reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. The agreement also contains non-disclosure, non-solicitation and non-compete restrictions. The non-solicitation and non-compete restrictions survive for a period of eighteen months following the date of termination of Mr. Kusche’s employment with the Company.

On September 30, 2010, the Company granted Mr. Kusche 4.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock. Four hundred thousand shares of common stock vested at September 30, 2010 and the remaining four million shares are scheduled to vest at the rate of 500,000 shares per quarter for each of the eight successive quarters.

Effective October 1, 2009, Ms. Dupont Sorensen, our Head of Marketing, entered into an employment agreement with CG and its subsidiaries. This agreement has an initial term of three years and is automatically renewable for an additional one-year term, unless terminated in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The agreement provides for a monthly base salary of EUR 7,500 to be reviewed annually and a minimum annual bonus of 15% of Ms. Dupont Sorensen’s annual base salary. Our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, increase Ms. Sorensen’s salary and award bonuses and equity awards to Ms. Sorensen at any time. The agreement also provides for a minimum automobile allowance in the amount of EUR 800 per month, insurance on any vehicle covered by the automobile allowance, vacation, participation in all benefit plans offered by us to our executives and the reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. The agreement also contains non- disclosure, non-solicitation and non-compete restrictions. The non-solicitation and non-compete restrictions survive for a period of eighteen months following the date of termination of Ms. Dupont Sorensen’s employment with the Company.

On September 30, 2010, Company granted Ms. Dupont Sorensen five million shares of the Company’s common stock. One million shares of common stock vested at September 30, 2010 and the remaining four million shares are scheduled to vest at the rate of 500,000 shares per quarter for each of the eight successive quarters.

Pursuant to these employment agreements, the Company can terminate the agreement for “cause.” “Cause” is defined to include the executive’s (i) continuing uncured failure to perform such duties as are reasonably requested by the Company and are consistent with his or her responsibilities under this Agreement; (ii) uncured failure to observe material policies generally applicable to executives or employees of the Company; (iii) failure to cooperate with any internal investigation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (iv) commission of any act of fraud, theft or financial dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its affiliates or conviction of any felony; or (v) uncured material violation of the provisions of his or her employment agreement.

In the event the executive terminates his or her employment for “good reason,” he or she shall be entitled to, among other things, a prorated bonus for the fiscal year of termination, based on actual performance through the end of the applicable fiscal year and the number of days that have elapsed in the fiscal year through the date of termination and payment of his or her then annual base salary and benefits for a period of eighteen months following the termination. In addition, any unvested options granted to the executive shall fully vest as of the date of termination. For purposes of each employment agreement, good reason is defined as a material and adverse change in the executive’s duties and responsibilities, a reduction in base salary or minimum annual bonus, or the Company’s breach of any material provision of the agreement.

In the event of an executive’s death or disability, he or she shall be entitled to, among other things, a prorated bonus for the fiscal year of termination, based on actual performance through the end of the applicable fiscal year and the number of days that have elapsed in the fiscal year through the date of termination. In addition, any unvested options granted to the executive shall fully vest as of the date of termination of executive’s employment with the Company.

Effective September 30, 2010, Mr. Mroczkowski entered into an employment agreement with the Company to become our Chief Financial Officer which has an initial term of two years. Thereafter, the employment agreement shall renew annually for one year unless either party gives at least 60 days prior written notice. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Mroczkowski is entitled to a base salary of $162,000 per annum and such other compensation as is determined by the Company from time to time. Contemporaneous with Mr. Mroczkowski’s execution of the employment agreement, the Company granted him options (the “Options”) to purchase up to five million shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $.001 per share. Options exercisable for one million shares of common stock vested at September 30, 2010 and the remaining Options exercisable for four million shares are scheduled to vest at the rate of 500,000 shares per quarter, provided Mr. Mroczkowski is continuing to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Upon a “change in control” (as defined in the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan) of the Company, all of the Options shall automatically vest and be immediately exercisable. Either party may terminate the agreement without cause on 90 days prior written notice.

On April 8, 2011, the Company appointed Niels Burtenshaw Thuesen, Blas Garcia Moros, and Lester Rosenkrantz to its Board of Directors (the “Board”). All three new members have formed and serve on the Audit and Finance Committee of the Board. Upon Mr. Thuesen’s appointment to the Board, he received a non-qualified option to purchase three million common shares at $0.001, which option vests immediately as to two million shares and vests as to the remaining one million shares ratably each quarter over two years. In addition, he will receive a monthly cash payment of $5,000 for being a member of the Board and serving as the Chairman of the Board. Upon Mr. Moros’ and Mr. Rosenkrantz’ appointment to the Board, they each received a grant of two million common shares at $0.001, which vests ratably each quarter over two years. In addition, they will each receive a monthly cash payment of $3,000 for being a board member.

On June 7, 2011, the Company appointed Alessandro Annoscia to be its Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2011. In connection with his appointment as Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Annoscia entered into an employment agreement with the Company, which has an initial term of four years, with successive one-year renewals, and provides for a base salary of $180,000. In addition, the Company may pay additional salary from time to time, and award bonuses in cash, stock or stock options or other property and services. Mr. Annoscia received options to purchase eight million common shares of the Company at $0.15 per share. Five hundred thousand shares underlying the option vested on September 30, 2011 and the remaining seven million five hundred thousand shares vest equally at the rate of 500,000 shares per quarter at the end of each subsequent quarter thereafter for so long as his agreement remains in effect. Mr. Annoscia will be entitled to six months’ severance pay, plus any accrued base salary and incentive pay, in the event that he is terminated without cause. Mr. Annoscia will be restricted from competing with the Company during the course of his employment and for a period of two years after his employment has been terminated.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth, for the period indicated, the compensation paid or granted by the Company to the named executive officers during the last two completed fiscal years.

Change in Pension Non- Value & Equity Non- Incentive Qualified Stock Option Plan Deferred All Other Bonus Awards $ Awards $ Compensa Compensa Compensa Name and Principal Position Year Salary $ $ (1) (1) - tion $ - tion $ - tion $ Total $ (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) Michael B. Hansen * 2011 247,500 3,515,451 3,762,951 President & CEO 2010 172,240 172,240 Alessandro Annoscia 2011 60,000 2,073,954 2,133,954 Chief Operating Officer 2010 - - Andreas Kusche 2011 136,950 136,950 General Counsel 2010 121,920 968,000 1,089,920 Mark Mroczkowski 2011 162,000 162,000 Chief Financial Officer 2010 - 1,095,486 1,095,486 Betina Dupont Sorensen 2011 136,950 136,950 Head of Marketing 2010 71,120 1,100,000 1,171,120

* Member of the Board of Directors 1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation of the dollar amount recognized, please refer to Note 13 to the Company ’s consolidated financial statements.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table summarizes plan-based awards granted to the Company’s named executive officers during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011:

All Other All Other Stock Option Exercise Awards: Awards: or Grant Date Number of Number of Base Fair Value Estimated Future Shares of Securities Price of of Stock Payouts Under Non - Estimated Future Payout Stock or Underlying Option and Option Grant Equity Incentive Under Equity Incentive Units Options Awards Awards (1) Name Date Plan Awards Plan Awards (#) (#) ($/Sh) ($) Thres Maxi Thres Maxi hold Target mum hold Target mum ($) ($) ($) (#) (#) (#) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Michael B. Hansen, CEO 5/14/11 (2) 25,000,000 $ 0.15 $ 3,515,451 Alessandro Annoscia, COO 6/07/11 (3) 8,000,000 $ 0.15 $ 2,073,954

1) Reflects the grant date fair value of each target equity award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are set forth in Notes 2 and 13 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by the Named Executive Officer.

2) The Company granted Michael Hansen the option to purchase up to twenty-five million shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $0.15 per share. This option will vest five million shares on December 31, 2011 and five million each year thereafter through December 31, 2015. On the date of the grant the closing market price of the underlying stock was $0.15.

3) In connection with Mr. Annoscia ’ execution of the employment agreement, the Company granted him the option to purchase up to eight million shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $.15 per share. This option vested 500,000 shares on September 30, 2011 and 500,000 shares will vest at the end of each calendar quarter thereafter through March 31, 2015. On the date of the grant the closing market price of the underlying stock was $0.15.

The following table summarizes plan-based awards granted to the Company’s named executive officers outstanding at September 30, 2011:

Equity Incentive Equity Plan Incentive Awards: Plan Market Awards: or Number Payout Stock Market of Value of Awards Value of Unearned Unearned Number of Shares or Shares, Shares, Number of Number of Shares or Units of or Units Units or Securities Securities Units of Stock or Other Other Underlying Underlying Stock That Rights Rights Unexercised Unexercised Option Option That Have That That Options Options Exercise Expirati Have Not Not Have Not Have Not Awards Grant Exercisable Unexercisable Price on Vested Vested Vested Vested Name Date (#) (#) ($) Date (#) ($) (#) ($) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) Andreas Kusche General Counsel 9/30/10 2,000,000 440,000 Mark Mroczkowski Chief Financial Officer 9/30/10 - 2,000,000 $ 0.001 9/30/20 Betina Dupont Sorensen Head of Marketing 9/30/10 2,000,000 440,000 Michael Hansen Chief Executive Officer 5/14/11 - 25,000,000 $ 0.15 5/14/21 Alessandro Annoscia Chief Operating Officer 6/07/11 500,000 7,500,000 $ 0.15 6/07/21

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table shows all stock options exercised and the value realized upon exercise, and all other equity awards vested and the value realized upon vesting, by our Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2011.

Option Awards Stock Awards Number of Shares Number of Shares Total Value Acquired on Value Realized on Acquired on Realized on Name Exercise (#) Exercise ($) Vesting(#) Vesting($) Betina Dupont Sorensen 3,000,000 $ 660,000 Andreas Kusche 2,400,000 $ 528,000 Mark Mroczkowski 3,000,000 $ 657,292

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements

Our employment agreements with Michael Hansen, Andreas Kusche and Betina Dupont Sorensen provide that upon any termination of their employment by the Company, other than for “cause,” or disability, or by each employee for “good reason,” they will be entitled to receive any unpaid salary, bonus and unreimbursed expenses plus a severance payment equal to their monthly base salary (as then in effect) and payment of their bonus (as then in effect) for a period of 18 months following termination. Upon a “change in control” (as defined in the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan) of the Company, restricted stock not previously forfeited shall become vested.

Our employment agreements with Mark Mroczkowski and Alessandro Annoscia provides that upon termination of his employment by the Company, other than for cause, or disability, or by the Employee for good reason, he will be entitled to any receive any unpaid salary, bonus and unreimbursed expenses plus a severance payment equal to this monthly base salary (as then in effect) and payment of his bonus (as then in effect) for a period of 6 months following termination. Upon a “change in control” (as defined in the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan) of the Company, all of his options shall automatically vest and be immediately exercisable.

Upon a “change in control,” the value of all outstanding Stock Option, Stock Rights, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Performance Shares, Stock Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards, in each case to the extent vested, shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee, if one is formed, in its sole discretion at or after grant but prior to any Change in Control, be cashed out on the basis of the “Change in Control Price.” The “Change in Control Price” is the highest price per share of Stock paid in any sale reported on a national exchange or quoted on Nasdaq or the Bulletin Board, or paid or offered in any bona fide transaction related to a potential or actual Change in Control of the Company at any time during the 60 day period immediately preceding the occurrence of the Change in Control.

See “Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance - Executive Employment Agreements” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a more complete discussion of our employment agreements with our executive officers.

Compensation of Directors

The following table shows the compensation paid to directors during fiscal year 2011:

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION* Fees Earned or Paid in Stock Option Cash Awards Awards ** Total Name ($) ($) ($) ($) Niels Burtenshaw Thuesen (1) $ 30,000 — $ 330,590 $ 360,590 Blas Garcia Moros (2) $ 18,000 $ 75,000 — $ 93,000 Lester Rosenkrantz (2) $ 18,000 $ 75,000 — $ 93,000

* Michael Hansen receives no additional compensation for serving as a director, for serving on committees of the board of directors or for special assignments. ** Option award figures include the value of common stock option awards at grant date as calculated under FASB Topic ASC 718. (1) Niels Burtenshaw Thuesen received a non-qualified option to purchase three million common shares at $0.001, which option vested immediately as to two million shares and vests as to the remaining one million shares ratably each quarter over two years. In addition, he receives a monthly cash payment of $5,000. (2) Blas Garcia Moros and Lester Rosenkrantz each received a grant of two million common shares at $0.001, which vest ratably each quarter over two years. In addition, they each receive a monthly cash payment of $3,000.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth additional information as of September 30, 2011 concerning shares of our Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and other rights under our existing equity compensation plans and arrangements, divided between plans approved by our stockholders and plans or arrangements not submitted to our stockholders for approval. The information includes the number of shares covered by and the weighted average exercise price of, outstanding options and other rights and the number of shares remaining available for future grants excluding the shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants, and other rights.

Number of securities remaining available for Weighted- issuance under equity Number of Securities to average exercise compensation plans be issued upon exercise price of outstanding (excluding securities reflected of outstanding options options in column (a)) Plan Category (a) (b) (c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders - $ - -

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 41,661,772 $ 0.13 33,072,882

Total 41,661,772 $ 0.13 33,072,882

2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan

The 2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) became effective September, 30, 2010. The Plan has not been approved by our stockholders. The Plan is designed for the benefit of the directors, executives, employees and certain consultants and advisors of the Company (i) to attract and retain for the Company personnel of exceptional ability; (ii) to motivate such personnel through added incentives to make a maximum contribution to greater profitability; (iii) to develop and maintain a highly competent management team; and (iv) to be competitive with other companies with respect to executive compensation. Awards under the Plan may be made to participants in the form of (i) incentive stock options; (ii) nonqualified stock options; (iii) stock appreciation rights; (iv) restricted stock; (v) deferred stock; (vi) stock awards; (vii) performance shares; (viii) other stock-based awards; and (ix) other forms of equity-based compensation as may be provided and are permissible under the Plan and the law. A total of 100 million shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan. Of this amount, as of September 30, 2010, options with respect to 5 million shares were granted to Mr. Mroczkowski, our Chief Financial Officer, and are outstanding. All of the outstanding options were granted with an exercise price at $.001. On September 30, 2010, one million shares vested and the balance vest at the rate of 500,000 shares each quarter through September 30, 2012 and have a maximum term expiring in 2020. Shares subject to this Plan are included in the table above.

Security Ownership of Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock as of January 13, 2012 for each of our greater than 5% shareholders, directors, named executive officers and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group. For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which rule focuses on the power to vote shares or make investment decisions with respect to such shares, potentially irrespective of any pecuniary interest in such shares.

The information as to the securities beneficially owned are based upon the following:

• a Schedule 13D filed by Zen Holding Group Limited, Mr. Hansen and Mr. Saouma on June 24, 2010; and

• all Form 3 and Form 4 filings of Mark Mroczkowski, Betina Dupont Sorensen, Andreas Kusche, Alessandro Annoscia, Niels Thuesen, Lester Rosenkrantz, Blas Moros, Kent L Holmstoel, Zen Holding, Michel Saouma and Michael Hansen since May 24, 2010.

Percentage ownership of outstanding common shares is based on 361,402,057 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of January 13, 2012.

Amount and Nature of Beneficial Percentage of Title of Class Name of Beneficial Owner Ownership (1) Class Owned Common Stock Michel B. Hansen (2) 219,178,946 60.65 % Andreas Kusche (3) 2,900,000 0.80 % Betina Dupont Sorensen (4) 3,500,000 0.97 % Mark Mroczkowski (5) 3,500,000 0.97 % Alessandro Annoscia (6) 1,000,000 0.28 % Niels Thuesen (7) 2,375,000 0.66 % Lester Rosenkrantz (8) 750,000 0.21 % Blas Moros (9) 750,000 0.21 % Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (8 persons) 233,953,946 64.74 % Non -affiliates 127,448,111 35.26 % Total 361,402,057 100.00 %

(1) A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired by such person within 60 days from the date hereof upon exercise of options and warrants and upon conversion of convertible securities. Each beneficial owner’s percentage ownership is determined by assuming that options, warrants and convertible securities that are held by such person (but not those held by any other person) and that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days from the date hereof have been exercised or converted.

(2) Includes 214,178,946 shares of Common Stock held directly by Zen Trust. During the period in which the Zen Trust holds these shares, Mr. Hansen is expected to have the right to vote, but not the right to dispose of, these shares. Includes options to purchase 5,000,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 20,000,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 5,000,000 in each of the next four consecutive years beginning December 31, 2012. Mr. Hansen disclaims a pecuniary interest in all but 67,820,303 of the shares held by the Zen Trust and any other shares of Common Stock, including shares of Common Stock held by Ms. Dupont Sorensen or their adult child. As a member of Ms. Dupont Sorensen’s household, Mr. Hansen may be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in any shares held by Ms. Dupont Sorensen or their adult child. Mr. Hansen’s address is The Palm Jumeirah, P.O. Box 283612, Dubai, U.A.E.

(3) Includes 2,900,000 shares of restricted stock held directly by Mr. Kusche , but does not include 1,500,000 shares of restricted stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 shares in each of the next three consecutive calendar quarters. Mr. Kusche’s address is 85 Water Lane, Wakefield, WF4 4PY, U.K.

(4) Includes 3,500,000 shares of restricted stock held directly by Ms. Dupont Sorensen , but does not include 1,500,000 shares of restricted stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 shares in each of the next three consecutive calendar quarters . Ms. Dupont Sorensen disclaims a pecuniary interest in any other shares of Common Stock, including those shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Hansen and their adult child. As a member of Mr. Hansen’s household, Ms. Dupont Sorensen may be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in any shares held by Mr. Hansen or their adult children. Ms. Dupont Sorensen’s address is The Palm Jumeirah, P.O. Box 283612, Dubai, U.A.E.

(5) Includes 3,000,000 shares of restricted stock held directly by Mr. Mroczkowski and options to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 1,500,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 in each of the next three consecutive calendar quarters. Mr. Mroczkowski’s address is 8157 Saint Andrews Circle, Orlando, FL 32835.

(6) Includes options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 7,000,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 in each of the next fourteen consecutive calendar quarters beginning March 31, 2012. Mr. Annoscia’s address is 7228 SE 24th Street, Mercer Island, WA 98040.

(7) Includes options to purchase 2,375,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 625,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 125,000 in each of the next five consecutive calendar quarters beginning March 31, 2012. Mr. Thuesen’s address is Hammersholt byvey 40, 3400 Hilleroed, Denmark.

(8) Includes 750,000 shares of restricted common stock held directly by Mr. Rosenkrantz, but does not include 1,250,000 shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested and are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 250,000 in each of the next five consecutive calendar quarters shares beginning March 31, 2012. Mr. Rosenkrantz’ address is 1801 South Flagler Drive, Apt. 1703, West Palm Beach, FL 33401.

(9) Includes 750,000 shares of restricted common stock held directly by Mr. Moros, but does not include 1,250,000 shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested and are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 250,000 in each of the next five consecutive calendar quarters shares beginning March 31, 2012. Mr. Moros’ address is 8775 Twin Lake Drive, Boca Raton, FL 33496.

Two Step Transfer of Common Stock to DubLi.com Beneficiaries and Lenox Beneficiaries

On October 19, 2009, the Company completed the merger of CG, at the time an entity unrelated to the Company, into a subsidiary of the Company. As consideration for all of the outstanding shares of CG, the Company issued Zen Holding, the sole shareholder of CG, 5,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company. The Company and Michael Hansen expected that Mr. Hansen, other investors in DubLi.com, LLC (such other investors are defined as the “DubLi.com Beneficiaries”) and various employees of Lenox Resources, LLC (the “Lenox Beneficiaries” and together with the DubLi.com Beneficiaries, the “Beneficiaries”) would receive from Zen Holding 1,141,933 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued to Zen Holding in the connection with the merger.

In May 2010, the Company announced that:

* Zen Holding had returned to the Company 1,141,933 shares of Preferred Stock, which were convertible into 63,393,933 shares of Common Stock (the “Loyalty Shares”);

* the Company intended to use 62,679,116 of the Loyalty Shares to purchase, in a registered tender offer, various outstanding interests in DubLi.com, LLC from the DubLi.com Beneficiaries; and

* the Company intended to transfer 714,817 of the Loyalty Shares to the Lenox Beneficiaries.

Prior to completing the acquisition of the interests in Dubli.com, LLC, DubLi.com, LLC ceased operations. Accordingly, the Company determined not to proceed with the acquisition. Nevertheless, the Company decided to transfer the Loyalty Shares to the Dubli.com Beneficiaries and the Lenox Beneficiaries because: (i) substantially all of the DubLi.com Beneficiaries are former Business Associates of DubLi Network, LLC, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, and current Business Associates of DubLi Network Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company; (ii) substantially all of the Lenox Beneficiaries have been and are currently employees or consultants of the Company, (iii) notwithstanding the financial failure of DubLi.com, LLC, the Company believes that the DubLi Network, LLC Business Associates assisted the Company to build brand awareness for the DubLi.com trade name; and (iv) consistent with many of their expectations, the Company wanted the Dubli.com Beneficiaries and the Lenox Beneficiaries to have an ownership interest in the Company.

Accordingly, the Company transferred the Loyalty Shares to a trust (the “Trust”) on March 28, 2011 (the “Initial Transfer Date”). The Company anticipates that on or about March 28, 2012 (the “Final Transfer Date”), that the Trust will transfer the Loyalty Shares to the Beneficiaries (the “Two Step Transfer”).

The Company believes the Two Step Transfer process is preferable to conducting some form of registered offering in the United States and numerous other countries due to, among other things, the projected expense and time required to complete registered offerings in numerous jurisdictions.

Establishment of the Trust and Issuance of the Loyalty Shares

The Two Step Transfer process is governed by the share transfer agreement, dated February 25, 2011 (“Share Transfer Agreement”). The Trust was established under the laws of Panama on March 28, 2011 and is administered by Batista Guerra y Asociados, an independent Panamanian law firm (the “Trustee”), pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the trust agreement which was signed on February 25, 2011 (the “Trust Agreement”). The following summary of the Share Transfer Agreement and the Trust Agreement and is qualified in its entirety by the actual forms of agreement filed as exhibits hereto.

The Company was not required to issue the Loyalty Shares to the Trust until prior satisfaction of the following, among other things: (1) the terms of the Share Transfer Agreement were publicly disclosed by the Company at least 20 days prior to the issuance of the Loyalty Shares to the Trust; (2) on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, the Company had not received any comments from the SEC or any other comparable foreign or US State regulator with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Share Transfer Agreement; and (3) on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, the Company had not received notice of any demand, claim or a threatened claim with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Share Transfer Agreement.

Terms and Conditions of the Trust

• (a) is not a “US Person” and is not acquiring the securities for the account or benefit of any “US Person” or (b) if a “US Person,” that such Beneficiary is an “Accredited Investor; ”

• If a non-“US Person,” (i) is acquiring the Loyalty Shares in an offshore transaction within the meaning of and in accordance with Rules 901 and 904 of Regulation S, (ii) is not acquiring, and has not entered into any discussions regarding the acquisition of, the Loyalty Shares while in the United States or any of its territories or possessions, (iii) the Loyalty Shares are being transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) by reason of an exemption that depends, in part, on the accuracy of the representations made by such person, and (iv) such person is familiar with the rules and restrictions set forth in Regulation S and has not undertaken and will not undertake any activity for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for the Loyalty Shares;

• has received an information memorandum relating to the transfer of the Loyalty Shares;

• has had access to such financial information and other information concerning the Company and the Loyalty Shares;

• understands and agrees that the Beneficiary is receiving the Loyalty Shares pursuant to Regulation S, Regulation D or another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

• has not provided, and will not provide, any monetary or other consideration, directly or indirectly, to the Company, the Trust, the trustee, or any of their affiliates in exchange for the Loyalty Shares.

No Beneficiary shall have any right, title or interest of any kind in the Loyalty Shares until such time, if ever, that the Trustee transfers Loyalty Shares to the subject Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

Until the Final Transfer Date, the Trustee has agreed not to, among other things: (1) vote the Loyalty Shares or enter into any form of voting agreement to vote other shares of common stock of the Company or to allow another person to vote the Loyalty Shares; (2) propose nominees to the Company’s board of directors or solicit proxies with respect to election of directors; (3) voluntarily pledge, encumber or in any other way subject the Loyalty Shares to any form of liens or security interests of any kind; (4) incur indebtedness of any kind (5) acquire any additional shares of the Company's common stock; (6) engage in any form of hedging transaction involving the Company's common stock; or (7) take any other action to control or influence the control of the Company.

The stock certificate representing the Loyalty Shares and issued in the name of the Trust include legends indicating that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, prior to the expiration of the “distribution compliance period” (as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act), may not be offered or sold in the United States or to “US Persons” unless registered under the Securities Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available, and that hedging transactions involving the Loyalty Shares may not be conducted unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

Zen Trust

Zen Holding informed the Company that on March 28, 2011 it distributed via a dividend all 214,178,946 of the shares of Common Stock Zen Holding owned and held for the indirect benefit of its various investors (the “Zen Trust Shares”) to a trust (the “Zen Trust”). The Zen Trust is expected to transfer all of the Zen Trust Shares to its beneficial owners (the “Zen Beneficiaries”) on the Final Transfer Date (the “Zen Two Step Transfer”). While the Zen Trust holds the Zen Trust Shares, Michael Hansen, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, is expected to have the right to vote and make investment decisions with respect to the Zen Trust Shares.

The Zen Trust was established under the laws of Panama on March 28, 2011, and is administered by Batista Guerra y Asociados, an independent Panamanian law firm (the “Zen Trustee”). The Zen Trustee is required to transfer the Zen Trust Shares to the Zen Beneficiaries on the Final Transfer Date without requiring any payment or other consideration from the Zen Beneficiaries (other than any transfer taxes or tariffs that may be imposed in connection with the transfer). In order to receive the Zen Trust Shares, each Zen Beneficiary will be required to complete execute and return to the Company a beneficiary representation affidavit certifying that the Zen Beneficiary, among other things, satisfy the conditions set forth above with regard to the Beneficiaries.

Exemption from Registration and Transferability

As the beneficiaries have not and will not provide any monetary or other consideration to the Company, Zen Holdings, the trusts, the trustees, or any of their affiliates in exchange for the shares, the Company believes that there was no “sale” as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the Securities Act of the Loyalty Shares or the Zen Trust Shares. Likewise, the Company believes that there will be no “sale” when the Loyalty Shares and the Zen Trust Shares are transferred to the Beneficiaries and the Zen Beneficiaries, respectively. Accordingly, the Company believes that the transfer of the Loyalty Shares and the Zen Trust Shares to the Trust and the subsequent distribution of the Loyalty Shares and the Zen Trust Shares to the Beneficiaries and the Zen Beneficiaries do not require registration under the Securities Act.

Although the Company believes that no “sale” of the Loyalty Shares or the Zen Trust Shares occurred upon the issuance by the Company or by Zen Holdings, the Company believes that such sales were exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Regulation S promulgated thereunder. Similarly, the transfer of the shares by the trusts to the beneficiaries is expected to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Regulation D and Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

The Company believes that the beneficiaries will be permitted to tack the holding period of the trusts to their holding period. Accordingly, other than the four affiliates of the Company who must aggregate the amount each person will sell under Rule 144 to determine compliance with Rule 144’s volume limitation for the first year following the transfer from the trusts to the affiliates, the beneficiaries will be permitted to freely transfer the shares under Rule 144.

Result of the Two Step Transfer

The following table sets forth the expected beneficial ownership of the Common Stock of the Company as of the Final Transfer Date (assuming the Final Transfer Date was the date hereof) for each of our greater than 5% shareholders, directors, named executive officers and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that (i) the Two Step Transfer has occurred; and (ii) the Zen Two Step Transfer has occurred. Furthermore, for purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which focuses on the power to vote shares or make investment decisions with respect to such shares, potentially irrespective of any pecuniary interest in such shares. The information as to the securities beneficially owned are based upon the following:

(1) a Schedule 13D filed by Zen Holding Group Limited, Mr. Hansen and Mr. Saouma on June 24, 2010;

(2) a draft Schedule 13D expected to be signed by the Zen Trustee (defined below) and expected to be filed jointly by the Zen Trust and Zen Holding Group Limited on or before March 28, 2012 in connection with the establishment of the Zen Trust.

(3) all Form 3 and Form 4 filings of Mark Mroczkowski, Betina Dupont Sorensen, Andreas Kusche, Kent L Holmstoel, Zen Holding Group Limited, Michel Saouma and Michael Hansen since May 24, 2010.

Amount and Percentage Nature of of Title of Class Beneficial Class Common Stock Name of Beneficial Owner Ownership (1) Owned (2) Michel B. Hansen** (3) 67,820,304 (4) 19 % Andreas Kusche** (5) 2,633,662 (7) * Betina Dupont Sorensen** (3) 2,000,000 (8) * Mark Mroczkowski** (9) 2,000,000 (10) * Alessandro Annoscia (11) 1,000,000 (12) * Niels Thuesen (13) 2,375,000 (14) * Lester Rosenkrantz (15) 750,000 (16) * Blas Moros (17) 750,000 (18) * Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (8 persons) 79,328,966 22 % Joseph Saouma (19) 63,833,409 18 % Tom Kjaer (20) 41,635,931 12 % Total 184,798,306 51 %

* Indicates less than 1% of outstanding shares beneficially owned. ** Serves as an executive officer or director of the Company as of the date hereof.

(1) A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired by such person within 60 days from the date hereof upon exercise of options and warrants and upon conversion of convertible securities. Each beneficial owner's percentage ownership is determined by assuming that options, warrants and convertible securities that are held by such person (but not those held by any other person) and that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days from the date hereof have been exercised or converted.

(2) Applicable percentage ownership is based on 361,402,057 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of January 13, 2012, which includes the issuance of all of the Loyalty Shares.

(3) Mr. Hansen’s and Ms. Dupont Sorensen’s address is The Palm Jumeirah, P.O. Box 283612, Dubai, U.A.E.

(4) During the period in which the Zen Trust holds the Zen Trust Shares, Mr. Hansen is expected to have the right to vote the Zen Shares. As of the deemed Final Transfer Date, Mr. Hansen is expected to personally hold 67,820,304 shares of Common Stock, 19% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock. Includes options to purchase 5,000,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 20,000,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 5,000,000 in each of the next four consecutive years beginning December 31, 2012. Mr. Hansen disclaims a pecuniary interest in any other shares of Common Stock, including shares of Common Stock held by Ms. Dupont Sorensen or their adult children. As a member of Ms. Dupont Sorensen’s household, Mr. Hansen may be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in any shares held by Ms. Dupont Sorensen or their adult children.

(6) Mr. Kusche’s address is 85 Water Lane, Wakefield, WF4 4PY, U.K.

(7) Includes 2,900,000 shares of restricted stock held directly by Mr. Kusche, but does not include 1,500,000 shares of restricted stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 shares in each of the next three consecutive calendar quarters.

(8) As of the deemed Final Transfer Date, Ms. Dupont Sorensen is expected to personally hold 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock, less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, which includes 3,500,000 shares of restricted stock held directly by Ms. Dupont Sorensen, but does not include 1,500,000 shares of restricted stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 shares in each of the next three consecutive calendar quarters. Ms. Dupont Sorensen disclaims a pecuniary interest in any other shares of Common Stock, including those shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Hansen and their adult children. As a member of Mr. Hansen’s household, Ms. Dupont Sorensen may be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in any shares held by Mr. Hansen or their adult children.

(9) Mr. Mroczkowski’s address is 8157 Saint Andrews Circle, Orlando, FL 32835.

(10) Includes 3,000,000 shares of restricted stock held directly by Mr. Mroczkowski and options to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 1,500,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 in each of the next three consecutive calendar quarters.

(11) Mr. Annoscia’s address is 7228 SE 24th Street, Mercer Island, WA 98040.

(12) Includes options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 7,000,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 500,000 in each of the next fourteen consecutive calendar quarters beginning March 31, 2012.

(13) Mr. Thuesen’s address is Hammersholt byvey 40, 3400 Hilleroed, Denmark.

(14) Includes options to purchase 2,375,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of January 13, 2012, but does not include options to purchase 625,000 shares of common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 125,000 in each of the next five consecutive calendar quarters beginning March 31, 2012.

(15) Mr. Rosenkrantz’ address is 1801 South Flagler Drive, Apt. 1703, West Palm Beach, FL 33401.

(16) Includes 750,000 shares of restricted common stock held by Mr. Rosenkrantz, but does not include 1,250,000 shares of restricted common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 250,000 in each of the next five consecutive calendar quarters beginning March 31, 2012.

(17) Mr. Moros’ address is 8775 Twin Lake Drive, Boca Raton, FL 33496.

(18) Includes 750,000 shares of restricted common stock held by Mr. Moros, but does not include 1,250,000 shares of restricted common stock which are scheduled to vest evenly at a rate of 250,000 in each of the next five consecutive calendar quarters beginning March 31, 2012.

(19) Mr. Joseph Saouma’s address is Amine Gemayelstreet 226, Beirut, Achrafieh, Lebanon.

(20) Mr. Tom Kjaer’s address is P.O. Box 282303, Dubai, U.A.E.

The foregoing table includes the shares expected to be held by the Trust between the Initial Transfer Date and the Final Transfer Date. Between the Initial Transfer Date and the Final Transfer Date, the Trust has agreed not to vote the shares and to only transfer the shares in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Loans from CG and its Affiliates

Prior to the Merger, entities affiliated with CG loaned us money. More specifically, on July 9, 2009, in accordance with a Letter of Intent dated July 7, 2009, DubLi Network, LLC loaned $100,000 to the Company. The loan bore interest at an annual rate of 6% and was scheduled to mature on July 9, 2011. In addition, on August 14, 2009, DubLi Network Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CG, loaned an additional $150,000 to the Company. The loan bore interest at an annual rate of interest of 6% and was scheduled to mature on July 9, 2011. These loans were eliminated in consolidation after consummation of the Merger.

In January 2010, DubLi Network Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CG Holdings Limited, was asked to lend $150,000 to the Company to, among other things, satisfy the Company’s $135,978 of indebtedness to Mr. Martin Berns and $30,000 to Mr. Eugene Berns (as described in more detail below). Although DubLi Network Limited maintained that it had no legal obligation to extend such a loan pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on January 5, 2010 DubLi Network Limited lent an additional $100,000 to the Company and on January 11, 2010, the Company’s debts to Messrs. Martin and Eugene Berns were satisfied in full. The loan was assumed by the Company in the merger and has been eliminated in the consolidation of the financial statements along with all other intercompany debt.

Transactions with Directors and Officers

Michael Hansen - As a Company founder, Mr. Hansen has been involved in the Company’s operations since its inception and accordingly, he was Business Associate No. 1 in the DubLi network organization. Mr. Hansen had numerous Business Associates whose income from earned commissions was shared with him, as more fully described in Item 1, Business. In this connection, Mr. Hansen earned commissions of $75,534 and $258,739 during 2011 and 2010, respectively, of which Mr. Hansen actually was paid commissions of $0 and $129,000 during 2011 and 2010, respectively. Mr. Hansen was owed no commissions as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 after he waived his right to the earned but unpaid commissions and forgave the debt of $66,765 and $356,643 to the Company owed to him at the end of 2011 and 2010, respectively. The debt forgiveness was recorded as reduction of Commissions expense included in direct cost of sales in both 2011 and 2010. As Founder, Mr. Hansen was exempt from the requirement that Business Associates must purchase credits from the Company for resale in order to earn the maximum commissions. On January 16, 2011, Mr. Hansen sold his BA account to an unrelated third party.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, Michael Hansen, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, loaned $99,855 to a subsidiary of CG subsequently acquired in the Merger. The loan was interest free and the Company repaid the loan in full on January 11, 2010.

During the nine months ended June 30, 2010, Michael Hansen advanced the Company $399,356 for working capital purposes. The loan is evidenced by an unsecured note dated August 22, 2010, payable by the Company to Mr. Hansen in the amount referenced above. The note together with additional advances made after August 21, 2010 was interest free and payable upon demand of Michael Hansen. During the fourth quarter of 2009, Mr. Hansen advanced an additional $441,528 to the Company without interest or repayment terms, which advance increased the total debt owed to Mr. Hansen to $840,884 at September 30, 2010. Subsequent to September 30, 2010, advances and repayments by the Company netted to a $26,943 reduction of the total debt leaving a balance of $813,941 as of March 23, 2011 the date upon which the Company and Mr. Hansen entered into $5 million Promissory Grid Note (“Grid Note”). The amount of the Grid Note equals an existing outstanding balance of $813,941 owed to Mr. Hansen plus any new borrowings under the Grid Note up to an aggregate of $5 million at any given time. The Grid Note was issued in replacement of the Promissory Note dated August 23, 2010 in the principal amount of $399,356. The Grid Note has a term of one year; bears interest at 6% per annum accruing from the date of the Grid Note and is guaranteed by DubLi Properties, LLC and secured by a pledge of its assets. On September 30, 2011, the Grid Note was paid in full, cancelled and returned to Mr. Hansen.

The Cayman Property Rights, which had a book value of $3,203,847 as of September 30, 2011, were originally acquired in December 2009 by DubLi Properties, LLC before it was contributed to MediaNet. DubLi Properties acquired the land contract from Crown Acquisitions Worldwide, Ltd. (“Crown”), an unrelated third party, in exchange for 34 parcels of real property valued at $2,132,375, $43,381 of cash and an agreement by DubLi Properties LLC to make an additional $824,244 of payments for a total contract price of $3,000,000.

MediaNet lent $778,430 to DubLi Properties prior to its contribution and thus the value of the contribution on May 24, 2010 was reduced by that loan amount. Following the contribution, the Company made the remaining payments and satisfied the land contact except for an obligation to fill the land. The estimated cost to fill the land is $562,500 and such fill must be completed before May 10, 2012 whereupon the Company will have completed all obligations under the contract and will receive title to the land. In January 2012, the Company paid for the fill work and is awaiting its completion. The contract transactions are summarized as follows:

Land acquisition by Dubli Properties prior to contribution to MediaNet Land swap $ 2,132,375 Cash 86,763 Debt to MediaNet (778,430) Value of contribution to MediaNet on May 24, 2010 1,440,708 All payments by MediaNet 1,559,292 Total contract cost 3,000,000 Estimated obligation to fill land 562,500 Less: valuation allowance (358,653) Net Book Value $ 3,203,847

The contract between DubLi Properties LLC and Crown is an agreement for deed, and title is transferable after remittance of the final payment by the Company and the completion of the fill obligation.

The primary purpose of the Cayman Property Rights, which consists of a purchase deed with respect to 15 lots in the Cayman Islands, is to reward the highest performing DubLi’s Business Associates upon completion of certain performance objectives which the Company has not yet defined. The Company plans to create the bonus award program after it receives title to the land and defines the bonus objectives sometime during 2012 after which time we will publish and announce the program to the entire Business Associate Network. Such bonus awards when earned by Business Associates will be expensed as commissions when earned and then deeded to the Business Associate with free and clear title.

Martin Berns - During his tenure as an officer and director of the Company, Mr. Berns provided us financial support in the form of loans in the aggregate amount of $116,500. Each loan made by Mr. Berns bore interest at the rate of 6% per annum. Between October 1, 2009 and January 11, 2010, Mr. Berns received an aggregate of $118,266 from the Company as repayment of $116,500 principal and $1,766 of interest on the loans. From time to time, Mr. Berns incurred expenses on behalf of the Company, which expenses were reimbursable to Mr. Berns without interest. Between October 1, 2009 and January 11, 2010, Mr. Berns received an aggregate of $67,600 from the Company as repayment of reimbursable expenses.

Eugene Berns - During his tenure as a director of the Company, Mr. Eugene Berns provided us financial support in the form of loans from time to time totaling $30,000. Between October 1, 2009 and January 11, 2010, Mr. Eugene Berns was repaid $30,000 cash in full satisfaction of all outstanding principal and interest on all loans he made to the Company.

Brent Gephart – Mr. Gephart, who served as director from January through October, 2009 was also a principal in a firm that provided credit card gateway services to the Company. In this connection $5,416 in processing fees were paid to his company during 2010; no such amounts were incurred in 2009. Mr. Gephart’s credit card gateway company required the Company to use a particular credit card service company to process it US based transactions. On October 27, 2010, DUBLICOM Limited and DubLi Network Limited, both of which are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, initiated legal action against that credit card service company to seek recovery of the approximately $2,164,000 of reserves (which is approximately 37% of such sales) held at the discretion of the processor plus various other awards, costs and expenses (see Item 3.Legal Proceedings). In October 2010, the credit card processing services terminated its business relationship with the Company as a result of the dispute.

Steven Adelstein – Mr. Adelstein, who served as a consultant to the Company from 2007 to February 2010 and as director of the Company from October 2009 through March 2010, received 500,000 shares of Common Stock in September 2009 for his services in connection with the negotiation of the Merger. Mr. Adelstein also received an aggregate of $22,500 in cash in connection with various consulting services he provided to the Company, including assisting the Company prepare various reports and statements.

Director Independence

Our Board of Directors is comprised of our CEO who is employed by the Company and three directors who are not employed by the Company. The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Rosenkrantz, Thuesen and Moros are “independent directors” within the meaning of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC ( “Nasdaq”) corporate governance rules and the regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), including such rules as are applicable to audit committees.

Parent Company

Zen Trust is considered a “parent company” of the Company because Zen Trust holds approximately 88% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company. For a discussion of the transactions pursuant to which Zen Trust acquired such stock, see “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters - Two Step Transfer of Common Stock to DubLi.com Beneficiaries and Lenox Beneficiaries.”

While the Zen Trust holds the Zen Trust Shares, Michael Hansen, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, is expected to have the right to vote and make investment decisions with respect to the Zen Trust Shares.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Lake & Associates CPA’s, LLC (“Lake”) served as MediaNet’s independent registered public accounting firm from October 10, 2008 through September 26, 2011. On September 26, 2011, the Audit and Finance Committee appointed Cherry, Bekaert & Holland, L.L.P. (“CB&H”) to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm beginning with the audit of the September 30, 2011 year-end consolidated financial statements included herein.

Fees of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The following table shows the aggregate fees billed to the Company by its independent registered public accounting firm for services rendered during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011and 2010.

2011 2010 Audit Fees (1) $ 190,000 $ 170,000 Tax Fees - - All Other Fees (2) - - Total Fees $ 190,000 $ 170,000

1) Includes fees associated with the fiscal year audit, reviews of the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and other securities filings.

Our Audit and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors has adopted the policy to pre-approve audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

Page (1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm F -1 and F -2 Consolidated Balance Sheets F-3 Consolidated Statements of Operations F-4 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders ’ Equity F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F -6 and F -7 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8 to F -32

(b) EXHIBITS

Item No Exhibit Description

2.1 Agreement for Share Exchange dated as of February 3, 2003, by and among Clamshell Enterprises, Inc. and Shutterport, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on March 4, 2003).

2.2 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 10, 2009 among MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc., MediaNet Merger Sub, and CG Holdings Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 14, 2009).

2.3 Amended and Restated Plan of Merger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2009).

3.1 Articles of Incorporation dated June 4, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(a) included in our Registration Statement on Form 10 -SB filed on May 6, 2002).

3.2 Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated February 14, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(b) included in our Registration Statement on Form 10 -SB filed on May 6, 2002).

3.3 Article of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated May 22, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 included in our Information Statement on Schedule 14C filed on April 22, 2003).

3.4 Certificate of Designation filed October 16, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on October 23, 2009).

3.5 Amendment to Certificate of Designation dated December 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on December 30, 2009).

3.6 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation dated May 24, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10 -Q filed on May 24, 2010).

3.7 Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) included in our Registration Statement on Form 10 -SB filed on May 6, 2002).

3.8 Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2009).

4.1 2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 included in our Registration Statement on Form S -8 filed on September 30, 2010).

10.1 Employment Agreement dated as of October 1, 2009, among CG Holdings Limited, DUBLICOM Limited, DUBLI NETWORK Limited, Lenox Resources LLC, Lenox Logistik und Service GmbH, DubLi Properties LLC, and DubLi.com LLC, and Michael B. Hansen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on October 23, 2009). †

10.2 Employment Agreement dated as of October 1, 2009, among CG Holdings Limited, DUBLICOM Limited, DUBLI NETWORK Limited, Lenox Resources LLC, Lenox Logistik und Service GmbH, DubLi Properties LLC, and DubLi.com LLC, and Andreas Kusche (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on October 23, 2009). †

10.3 Employment Agreement dated as of October 1, 2009, among CG Holdings Limited, DUBLICOM Limited, DUBLI NETWORK Limited, Lenox Resources LLC, Lenox Logistik und Service GmbH, DubLi Properties LLC, and DubLi.com LLC, and Betina Dupont Sørensen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2009). †

10.4 Employment Agreement dated as of September 30, 2010, between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Mark Mroczkowski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on September 30, 2010). †

10.5 Non -Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of September 30, 2010, between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Mark Mroczkowski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2010).

10.6 Employment Agreement dated as of June 7, 2011, between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Alessandro Annoscia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on June 9, 2011). †

10.7 Non -Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of September 30, 2010, between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Alessandro Annoscia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2011). †

10.8 Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated as of September 30, 2010, between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Betina Dupont Sorensen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2010).

10.9 Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated as of September 30, 2010, between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Andreas Kusche (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on September 30, 2010).

10.10 Unsecured Promissory Note dated August 23, 2010, of the Company to Mr. Michael Hansen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10 -Q filed on September 3, 2010).

10.11 Agreement between the Company and Zen Holding Group Limited dated May 24, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10 -Q filed on May 24, 2010).

10.12 Office Lease dated as of December 01, 2009 by and between 485 Properties, LLC and the Company. *

10.13 Software Purchase Agreement dated October 29, 2009 between MSC, Inc. and Lenox Resources LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on November 3, 2009).

10.14 Share Transfer Agreement dated as of February 25, 2011 MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc., Michael Hansen and DubLi.Com, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on March 2, 2011).

10.15 Trust Agreement dated as of February 25, 2011 between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Batista Guerra y Asociados (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 included in our Current Report on Form 8 -K filed on March 2, 2011).

10.16 $5 million Promissory Grid Note between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc., and Michael Hansen., together with Guaranty and Security Agreement between DubLi Properties, LLC and Michael Hansen all dated March 25, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 included in our Annual Report on Form 10 -K filed on March 30, 2011).

10.17 Letter of Intent between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Dubli Network LLC dated July 7, 2009. *

10.18 Intercompany Loan Agreement dated January 1, 2010 between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and DubLi Network Limited. *

10.19 Promissory Note dated August 23, 2010 in the amount of $399,356.00 between Michael Hansen and MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. *

10.20 Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated November 27, 2009 between Crown Acquisitions Worldwide LTD and DubLi Properties LLC. *

10.21 Letter Agreement dated December 2, 2009 between Michael Hansen and Crown Acquisitions Worldwide LTD. *

10.22 Promissory Note date July 1, 2009 in the amount of $80,000.00 between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Martin A. Berns. *

10.23 Promissory Note dated July 1, 2009 in the amount of $25,000.00 between MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Eugene H. Berns. *

10.24 Voting Agreement dated as of March 3, 2009 between Michael Hansen and Michel Saouma. *

14 Code of Business Conduct and Ethics dated January 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 included in our Annual Report on Form 10 -KSB filed on March 29, 2004).

21.1 Subsidiaries. *

23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. *

23.2 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. *

31.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a -14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.*

31.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a -14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. *

32.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a -14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and 18 USC. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes -Oxley Act of 2002.*

32.2 Certification of Principal Accounting Officer pursuant to Rule 13a -14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes -Oxley Act of 2002.*

* Filed herewith. † Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

January 30, 2012

MEDIANET GROUP TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ MICHAEL HANSEN

Michael Hansen President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature Title Date

/s/ MICHAEL HANSEN President, Chief Executive Officer January 30, 2012 and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Michael Hansen

/s/ MARK MROCZKOWSKI Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial January 30, 2012 Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) Mark Mroczkowski

/s/ NIELS BURTENSHAW THUESEN Chairman of the Board of January 30, 2012 Directors Niels Burtenshaw Thuesen

/s/ BLAS GARCIA MOROS Director January 30, 2012

Blas Garcia Moros

/s/ LESTER ROSENKRANTZ Director January 30, 2012

Lester Rosenkrantz

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

Page Reports of Independent Registered Accounting Firms F-1 and F -2 Consolidated Balance Sheets F-3 Consolidated Statements of Operations F-4 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders ’ Equity (Deficit) F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-6 and F -7 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8 to F -32

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. Boca Raton, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. as of September 30, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2011. The consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of MediaNet Group Technologies as of September 30, 2011 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ CHERRY, BEKAERT & HOLLAND, L.L.P.

Coral Gables, Florida January 30, 2012

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two year periods ended September 30, 2010. MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its consolidated operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended September 30, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/Lake & Associates, CPA ’s LLC Lake & Associates, CPA’s LLC Schaumburg, IL March 25, 2011, except for Note 15, as to which the date is January 12, 2012

1905 Wright Boulevard Schaumburg, IL 60193 Phone: 847-524-0800 Fax: 847-524-1655

F-2

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets

September 30 2011 2010 Assets: Restated Current Assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,503,234 $ 487,171 Restricted cash 448,161 351,111 Accounts receivable 253,095 58,442 Inventories 168,846 386,185 Prepaid customer acquisition costs 6,958,894 9,768,194 Prepaid expenses 2,060,468 110,633 Total Current Assets 11,392,698 11,161,736

Property and Equipment, net 207,419 1,721,182

Other Assets: Restricted cash, net 1,864,293 2,037,495 Real estate contract, net 3,203,847 2,519,138 Option agreement - 250,000 Other 74,651 82,796 Total Other Assets 5,142,791 4,889,429 Total Assets $ 16,742,908 $ 17,772,347

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit): Current Liabilities: Accounts payable $ 1,650,540 $ 681,310 Accrued and other liabilities 229,118 168,359 Loyalty points payable 318,653 413,755 Commissions payable 1,128,355 1,368,282 Deferred revenue 13,830,389 20,436,112 Note payable - related party - 840,884 Total Current Liabilities 17,157,055 23,908,702

Long Term Liabilities: Note payable - 30,901 Total Liabilities 17,157,055 23,939,603

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit): Preferred stock - $0.01 par value, 25 million shares authorized, -0- and -0- outstanding, respectively - - Common stock -$.001 par value, 500 million shares authorized 359,802,057 and 244,200,626 issued and outstanding, respectively 359,802 244,201 Additional paid -in capital 11,953,103 2,559,483 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (85,923) (486,845) Accumulated deficit (12,641,129) (8,484,095) Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) (414,147) (6,167,256) Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) $ 16,742,908 $ 17,772,347

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended September 30, 2011 2010 Restated

Revenues $ 23,799,707 $ 9,866,245 Direct cost of revenues 15,803,355 5,307,107 Gross profit 7,996,352 4,559,138

Selling, general and administrative 11,412,662 9,653,214 Write -off of obsolete software 721,656 - Loss from operations (4,137,966) (5,094,076) Interest expense 19,068 12,654

Loss from operations before income taxes (4,157,034) (5,106,730)

Income taxes - -

Net loss (4,157,034) (5,106,730)

Foreign currency translation adjustment 400,922 (390,831)

Comprehensive loss $ (3,756,112) $ (5,497,561)

Net loss per common share Basic $ (0.01 ) $ (0.18) Diluted $ (0.01 ) $ (0.18)

Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic 291,220,047 28,822,142 Diluted 295,147,627 272,326,574

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

Accumulated Total Series A Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Other Stockholders’ Shares Par Shares Par Paid -In Comprehensive Accumulated Equity Outstanding Value Outstanding Value Capital Income (Loss) Deficit (Deficit) Balance September 30, 2009 – As last reported - $ - 27,303,552 $ 27,304 $ (768,528) $ (96,014 ) $ (2,049,224 ) $ (2,886,462 ) Prior period adjustment (1,328,142 ) (1,328,142 ) Balance September 30, 2009 - Restated - $ - 27,303,552 $ 27,304 $ (768,528) $ (96,014 ) (3,377,366 ) (4,214,604 ) Series A Preferred shares issued in reverse merger 5,000,000 50,000 (50,000) - Warrants exercised 818,028 818 132,307 133,125 Common shares issued to correct an error 500,100 500 (500 ) - Software contributed by major shareholder 1,337,673 1,337,673 Real estate contract contributed by major shareholder 1,440,708 1,440,708 Preferred shares returned pursuant to stock transfer agreement (1,141,933) (11,419 ) 11,419 - Preferred shares converted into common shares (3,858,067) (38,581 ) 214,178,946 214,179 (175,598) - Common shares issued as compensation 1,400,000 1,400 412,201 413,601 Stock -based compensation 219,802 219,802 Foreign currency translation adjustment - Restated (390,831 ) (390,831 ) Net loss - Restated (5,106,730 ) (5,106,730 ) Balance September 30, 2010 - Restated - - 244,200,626 244,201 2,559,483 (486,845 ) (8,484,095 ) (6,167,256 ) Common shares issued as compensation 5,000,000 5,000 919,402 924,402 Stock -based compensation 1,258,574 1,258,574 Common shares issued for services 8,865,346 8,865 2,489,422 2,498,287 Two step transfer to trust 63,393,933 63,394 (63,394) - Options exercised 3,000,000 3,000 3,000 Private placement 35,342,152 35,342 4,789,616 4,824,958 Foreign currency translation adjustment 400,922 400,922 Net loss (4,157,034 ) (4,157,034 ) Balance September 30, 2011 - $ - 359,802,057 $ 359,802 $ 11,953,103 $ (85,923 ) $ (12,641,129 ) $ (414,147 )

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended September 30, 2011 2010 Restated Cash flows from operating activities Net loss $ (4,157,034) $ (5,106,730) Reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 868,045 718,713 Real estate impairment 367,292 - Option Agreement written off 250,000 - Restricted cash impairment 179,393 - Write -off obsolete software 721,656 549 Stock based compensation 2,619,811 633,401 Promotional DubLi Credits 128,010 80,155 Restatement adjustment - 958,571 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Restricted cash (95,650) (776,090) Accounts receivable (201,023) 332,035 Inventory 219,353 9,072 Prepaid expenses 76,135 4,883 Prepaid customer acquisition costs 2,869,126 (4,965,297) Accounts payable 422,657 593,650 Accrued and other liabilities 388,361 407,684 Loyalty points payable (95,103) (391,326) Commission payable (372,398) (1,447,992) Customer deposits - (16,975) Deferred revenue (6,749,472) 10,771,195 Net cash (used in) provided by operations (2,560,841) 1,805,498

Investing activities: Purchases of equipment and software (146,563) (1,042,207) Sale of equipment and software 71,668 - Payments on real estate contract (480,863) (1,078,430) Option Agreement - (250,000) Other assets (2,447) (52,845) Restricted cash 187,954 (2,214,467) Net cash used in investing activities (370,251) (4,637,949)

Financing activities Proceeds from note payable - related party 1,026,014 944,987 Repayments of note payable - related party (1,887,335) (98,445) Proceeds from note payable - 41,277 Repayments of note payable (38,327) (2,949) Proceeds from stock subscriptions 4,824,958 - Proceeds from common shares & warrants - 133,125 Net cash provided by financing activities 3,925,310 1,017,995 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 21,845 (232,022) Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents 1,016,063 (2,046,478) Cash at beginning of period 487,171 2,533,649 Cash at end of period $ 1,503,234 $ 487,171

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - continued For the years ended September 30,

2011 2010 Restated Supplemental cash flow information: Cash paid for interest $ 19,068 $ 12,654 Cash paid for income taxes - - Non -cash transactions Shareholder contribution for software - 1,337,673 Shareholder contribution for real estate contract - 1,440,708 Foreign currency translation adjustment 400,922 (390,831) Cashless warrant - 482 Two -step common share transfer 63,394 - Accrued real estate improvement 562,500 - Stock issued for future consulting services 1,936,305 -

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

Note 1 - Description of Business

MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. (“MediaNet Group,” the “Company,” “we,” or “us”), through its wholly owned subsidiaries, is a global marketing company that sells merchandise to consumers through Internet-based auctions conducted under the trade name “DubLi.com.” As of September 30, 2011, our online auctions were conducted in Europe, North America, Australia and New Zealand and a global auction portal serving the balance of the world. We have a large network of independent Business Associates that sell the right to make a bid in one of our auctions (referred to herein as “Credit” or “DubLi Credits”). These auctions are designed to offer consumers substantial savings on these goods. The Company, through its BSP Rewards, Inc. subsidiary, also offers private branded loyalty and reward web malls where members receive rebates (rewards) on products and services from participating merchants.

The Company is organized in Nevada and has its principal executive offices in Boca Raton, Florida. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries are domiciled in Delaware, Florida and Nevada in the United States and in the British Virgin Islands, Cyprus and Berlin, Germany.

As of September 30, 2011, our President and Chief Executive Officer, through his control of the Zen Trust, has the indirect power to cast approximately 88% of the combined votes that can be cast by the holders of the Common Stock. Accordingly, he has the power to influence or control the outcome of important corporate decisions or matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including, but not limited to, increasing the authorized capital stock of the Company, the dissolution, merger or sale of the Company’s assets and the size and membership of the Board of Directors and all other corporate actions.

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Accounting Principles

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Recent Authoritative Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended guidance related to the testing of goodwill for impairment. The revised standard is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The adoption of this guidance will not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB amended requirements for the presentation of other comprehensive income (“OCI”), requiring presentation of comprehensive income in a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income or on separate but consecutive statements, the statement of operations and the statement of OCI. The amendment is effective for the Company at the beginning of fiscal year 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows and will only impact the presentation of OCI on the financial statements. On December 23, 2011, the FASB completed this project with the issuance of Accounting Standards Update, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011 -05 . This project was the first of two phases regarding presentation requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The FASB will reconsider those presentation requirements currently deferred by Update No. 2011-12 in phase two of this project, “Presentation of Reclassifications from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.”

F-8

In May 2011, the FASB amended the guidance regarding fair value measurement and disclosure. The amended guidance clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The amendment is effective for the Company at the beginning of fiscal 2012, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of this amendment is not expected to materially affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-29, Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations (Topic 805) —Business Combinations (“ASU 2010-29”), to improve consistency in how the pro forma disclosures are calculated. Additionally, ASU 2010-29 enhances the disclosure requirements and requires description of the nature and amount of any material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to a business combination. ASU 2010-29 is effective for us in fiscal 2013 and should be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is after the effective date. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt ASU 2010-29 in fiscal 2013.

Foreign Currency

Financial statements of foreign subsidiaries operating in other than highly inflationary economies are translated at year-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and historical exchange rates during the year for income and expense accounts. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Financial statements of subsidiaries operating in highly inflationary economies are translated using a combination of current and historical exchange rates and any translation adjustments are included in current earnings. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recorded in operating expense.

ASC 830-230-45 requires companies with foreign operations or foreign currency transactions to prepare the statement of cash flows using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the cash flows. The Company uses an appropriately weighted average exchange rate for the period for translation if the result is substantially the same as if the rates at the dates of the cash flows were used. The statement of cash flows reports the effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies as a separate part of the reconciliation of the change in cash and cash equivalents during the period.

Management’s Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, deferred income, accruals for incentive awards and unearned auction Credits at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting periods. Examples, though not all- inclusive, include estimates and assumptions of: loss contingencies; depreciation or amortization of the economic useful life of an asset; stock- based compensation forfeiture rates; estimating the fair value and impairment of assets; potential outcome of future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns; estimates of incentive awards and unearned auction Credits and determining when investment impairments are other-than temporary. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may materially differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

On December 2, 2011, management concluded that a misstatement occurred as a result of an error in accounting for breakage revenue from unused DubLi Credits. Management concluded that the Company’s method did not properly recognize breakage revenue. The Company has revised its breakage policy to include only DubLi Credits remaining in closed Business Associate accounts and is developing system changes that will automatically determine expiration as more fully described in Note 15.

F-9

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Financial Instruments

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Concentrations

The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts in the United States, Germany and Cyprus, which at times may exceed the federally insured limits in those countries. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

As discussed below in “revenue recognition,” the Company’s revenue is concentrated 39% in goods, services and electronic gift cards sold at auction; 58% in sales of DubLi Credits; 2% in subscription fees; and, 1% in BSP Rewards Mall commissions.

Geographically, the Company revenues are concentrated in the following markets: 57% European Union; 6% North America; 12% Australia & New Zealand; and, 25% worldwide.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company has adopted and follows ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures for measurement and disclosures about the fair value of its financial instruments. ASC 820-10 establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three (3) broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The three (3) levels of fair value hierarchy defined by ASC 820-10 are:

Level1 — Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level2 — Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level3 — Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model. Valuation of instruments includes unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities.

As defined by ASC 820-10, the fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale, which was further clarified as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (“an exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets, and other assets, accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities, commissions payable and loyalty points payable, approximate their fair values because of the short maturity of these instruments. The Company’s notes payable to shareholders approximates the fair value of such instrument based upon management’s best estimate of interest rates that would be available to the Company for similar financial arrangements.

F-10

The Company does not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or a non-recurring basis and, consequently, the Company did not have any fair value adjustments for assets and liabilities measured at fair value at September 30, 2011, nor any gains or losses reported in the consolidated statements of operations that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to those assets and liabilities still held at the reporting date.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable are reported at the customers' outstanding balances less any allowance for doubtful accounts. Interest is not accrued on overdue accounts receivable. We evaluate receivables outstanding greater than ninety days on a regular basis for potential reserve. Management has determined that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Inventory

The inventory represents finished goods merchandise purchased at cost and available for sale on either the Xpress Bid or Unique Bid auctions. Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out basis. Shipping and handling costs are included in purchases for all periods presented.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The cost of maintenance and repairs of equipment is charged to operating expense when incurred. Depreciation and amortization is determined based upon the assets’ estimated three to seven year useful lives, and is calculated on a straight-line basis beginning when the asset is placed into service. When the Company sells, disposes or retires equipment, the related gains or losses are included in operating results.

Impairment of Long -Lived Assets

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10-35, Property, Plant and Equipment – Subsequent Measurement , the Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets, which includes property and equipment, restricted cash and the real estate contract annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the historical cost-carrying value of an asset may no longer be appropriate. The Company assesses recoverability of the carrying value of the asset by estimating the future net cash flows expected to result from the asset, including eventual disposition. The estimate of cash flows is based upon, among other things, certain assumptions about expected future operating performance, growth rates and other factors. Estimates of undiscounted cash flows may differ from actual cash flows due to, among other things, technological changes, economic conditions, changes to the business model or changes in operating performance. If the sum of the undiscounted cash flows (excluding interest) is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss will be recognized, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value is determined using available market data, comparable asset quotes and/or discounted cash flow models. Management conducted an evaluation of long-lived assets and determined that the Real Estate Contract was impaired by $358,653 in 2011 as further described in Note 7 and that restricted cash was impaired by $300,000 and $125,000 in 2011 and 2010, respectively as further described in Note 3. Accordingly, we recognized impairment expense of $533,653 and $125,000 which is included in Selling, General and Administrative Expenses for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Product Sales and Services - The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC subtopic 605-10, Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605- 10”). ASC 605-10 requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (iii) the selling price is fixed and determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Determination of criteria (iii) and (iv) are based on management's judgments regarding the fixed nature of the selling prices of the products delivered and the collectability of those amounts. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded. The Company defers any revenue that is subject to refund, and, for which the product has not been delivered or the service has not been rendered net of an estimated allowance for breakage. The Company revenue recognition policies for each of its products and services are as follows:

F-11

• Goods and services sold at auction – Revenue is recognized after receipt of payment and product shipment net of credit card chargebacks and refunds.

• “DubLi Credits ” – Consumers bid on the Company ’s online auctions by purchasing “DubLi Credits ” either directly on DubLi.com or from DubLi’s independent Business Associates who are members of the DubLi Marketing Network. All proceeds from the sales of “DubLi Credits” are recorded as deferred revenue until used by the consumer in the bidding process and the related revenue is earned. Purchases of DubLi Credits are non-refundable after three days. Unused Credits remaining in closed and inactive Business Associate accounts are recorded as revenue as if earned 30 days after the account is closed. Management makes this adjustment to reduce the deferred revenue liability and to increase revenue recognized based upon the remote possibility of future redemption. Unused Credits on DubLi.com user accounts are not expired or broken and remain in deferred revenue until used.

• Subscription Fees – “DubLi Business Associates” pay a $175 annual subscription fee for the marketing and training services provided by DubLi Network and DubLi.com subscribers pay monthly fees for several service packages. All proceeds from the sales of subscription fees are recorded as deferred revenue and recorded as revenue ratably over the service period plus any promotional extensions.

• BSP Rewards revenue is earned principally from revenue rebates (commissions) earned from merchants participating in its online shopping malls, gift card sales from each rewards mall program and, web design/maintenance/hosting it earns for building and hosting its private-branded online mall platform for outside organizations. The Company receives rebates from participating merchants on all transactions processed by BSP Rewards through its online mall platform. The percentage rebate paid by merchants varies between 1% and 30% and BSP Rewards normally shares 50% of the rebate with the member who made the purchase in the form of “Rewards Points.” The members’ share of the rebates are recorded as a liability until claimed by the member or until the two year expiration period is reached at which time the unclaimed Rewards Points are taken into income.

Direct Cost of Revenues

Included in direct cost of revenues are the costs of goods sold and commissions and incentive bonuses earned by Business Associates on the sales of DubLi Credits and other incremental direct costs. Commissions are based upon each Business Associate’s volume of Credit sales and that of other Business Associates who are sponsored by the subject Business Associate. Commissions are paid to Business Associates at the time of the sale of the Credits and are recognized as a deferred expense (prepaid customer acquisition costs) until the Credits are used and then are charged to direct cost of revenue. Incentive bonuses are paid either monthly or quarterly and the related expense is recorded when the Business Associate meets the stated sales goal for each particular promotional event.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses

Included in Selling, General and Administrative Expenses are advertising and marketing costs of $349,940 and $896,674 that were expensed as incurred in 2011 and 2010, respectively and include the costs associated with internally developed websites and other marketing programs and materials.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include costs associated with distribution activities, information technology, asset impairment and other administrative costs, including finance, legal and human resource functions. Research and development is performed by in-house staff and outside consultants and those costs are expensed as incurred. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain incremental direct expenses incurred to obtain new Business Associates such as credit card processing fees and certain marketing costs associated only with DubLi Network and it records them as direct cost of revenues when the Credits are used or broken.

F-12

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net earnings, unrealized gains or losses on investments, foreign currency translation adjustments and the effective portion of the unrealized gains or losses on derivatives. Comprehensive income (loss) is presented in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity (deficit).

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740-10, Income Taxes . Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax rates. At each balance sheet date, the Company evaluates the available evidence about future taxable income and other possible sources of realization of deferred tax assets, and records a valuation allowance that reduces the deferred tax assets to an amount that represents management’s best estimate of the amount of such deferred tax assets that more likely than not will be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

Computation of Income and Loss per Share

The Company computes income and loss per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the consolidated statements of operations. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential Common Stock outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method and convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. In periods in which a net loss has been incurred, all potentially dilutive shares of Common Stock are considered anti-dilutive and thus are excluded from the calculation. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had one class of potentially dilutive instruments of Common Stock as a result of options granted.

Dividends

The Company’s policy is to retain earnings to provide funds for the operation and expansion of our business and not to pay dividends.

Share-Based Payments

The Company follows the guidance of the accounting provisions of ASC Topic 718— Share-Based Compensation , which requires the use of the fair value, based method to determine compensation for all arrangements under which employees and others receive shares of stock or equity instruments (warrants and options). The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of the stock option grant using the Black- Scholes valuation model that uses assumptions for expected volatility, expected dividends, expected term, and the risk-free interest rate. Expected volatilities are based on weighted averages of the limited historical volatility of the Company’s common stock and selected peer group comparable volatilities and other factors estimated over the expected term of the options. The expected term of stock options granted is derived using the “simplified method” which computes expected term as the average of the sum of the vesting term plus the contract term. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the period of the expected term.

In applying the Black-Scholes options-pricing model, assumptions are as follows at September 30:

2011 2010 Dividend yield $ 0 $ 0 Expected volatility 97.1% to 138.38% 89.91 % Risk free interest rate 1.13% to 2.54 % 1.27 % Expected life 3.4 to 6.8 years 5.5 Years

F-13

Restatement of Previously Filed Interim and Annual Financial Statements

On December 2, 2011, during the Company’s year-end close procedures conducted during the audit of its September 30, 2011 consolidated financial statements, management concluded that a misstatement occurred as a result of an error in accounting for breakage revenue from unused DubLi Credits. Management concluded that its accounting method did not properly recognize breakage revenue. The Company has revised its breakage policy to include only DubLi Credits remaining in closed Business Associate accounts and is developing system changes that will automatically determine expiration.

The audit committee of the Company’s board of directors reached the conclusion that, as a result of such adjustments, the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 required restatement as more fully described in Note 15.

Segment Policy

Management does not believe that the Company has any material reporting segments. Managements’ evaluation procedures are performed on the Company as a whole and in each of four major geographic regions as described in Note 17.

Note 3 – Restricted Cash

The Company has agreements with service providers that process the Master Card and Visa credit card transactions which arise from the purchase of the Company's products and DubLi Credits. Credit card processors have financial risk of “chargebacks” associated with the credit card transactions because the processor generally forwards the cash generated by the purchase to the Company soon after the purchase is completed, and before the expiration of the time period in which the cardholder may object to the transaction and request a refund. The Company’s agreements with its credit card processors allow the processors each to create and maintain a reserve account that is funded by retaining cash generated from the credit card transactions that it otherwise would deliver to the Company (i.e., "Reserve Funds"). The Company treats the Reserve Funds as "restricted cash" in its consolidated financial statements. The reserve requirements set forth in the processing agreements have ranged from a low of 5% to a high of 50% of the Company’s gross daily credit card transactions to be held in reserve for a rolling term of six months from the date of the transaction. The Company has Reserve Funds on deposit with two processors, one in Europe and one in the United States. With its European processor, the Company had on deposit Reserve Funds of $448,161 and $351,111 as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. With its former U.S. processor, as of September 30, 2011, the Company had Reserve Funds on deposit of $2,164,293 with a $300,000 allowance for impairment loss for a net value of $1,864,293.

The Company is in litigation with its former U.S. processor relating to the Company’s Reserve Funds being withheld by such processor and First Data. For additional information about this case and other litigation involving the Company, see Note 9.

As a result of the dispute with NMC, the Company only has one credit card processor, which is located in Europe. Upon the Company’s merchant account being terminated by NMC, the Company immediately replaced NMC with its European credit card processor and continued its U.S. operations without interruption.

Note 4 – Foreign Currency

Three of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries designate the Euro as their functional currency. The total amount of cash held by foreign subsidiaries, translated into US Dollars at September 30 is as follows:

F-14

2011 2010 Restricted Restricted Restricted Long-Term, Restricted Long-Term, Unrestricted Current net Unrestricted Current net Euro $ 868,294 $ 305,200 $ - $ 211,034 $ 193,641 $ - Australian Dollar 56,072 38,538 - 72,386 92,596 - U.S. Dollar 520,932 104,423 1,864,293 54,022 64,874 2,037,495 Held in foreign subsidiaries 1,445,298 448,161 1,864,293 337,442 351,111 2,037,495 Held by the US Company 57,936 - - 149,729 - - Total $ 1,503,234 $ 448,161 $ 1,864,293 $ 487,171 $ 351,111 $ 2,037,495

Note 5 – Deferred Revenue and Expense

The Company defers revenue from; (1) the unearned portion of the annual subscription fees paid by Business Associates who join the DubLi Network and, (2) the value of the “DubLi Credits” sold to customers and Business Associates but not yet used to bid at auction, net of breakage. The Company also defers direct and incremental direct costs related to the sale of “DubLi Credits” under the caption “Prepaid customer acquisition costs.” The following summarizes the components of deferred expense and revenue at September 30:

2011 2010 Restated Prepaid customer acquisition costs $ 6,958,894 $ 9,768,194

Unused DubLi Credits $ 13,155,511 $ 19,335,596 Subscription fees 565,551 1,100,516 Other 109,327 - $ 13,830,389 $ 20,436,112

Note 6 – Property and Equipment

The Company has only one class of assets: office equipment and software. The asset class is comprised solely of computers, software and immaterial amounts of office furniture summarized at September 30 as follows:

2011 2010 Cost $ 323,917 $ 2,487,405 Accumulated Depreciation (116,498) (766,223) Total $ 207,419 $ 1,721,182

Depreciation expense was $868,045 and $718,713 for the year ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Included in operating expense is a one-time charge of $721,656 to write-off obsolete software no longer in use by the Company that had an original cost of $1,737,673 and was previously being amortized over its estimated three year useful life.

Note 7 – Real Estate Contract

DubLi Properties, LLC was contributed to the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, Michael Hansen on May 24, 2010 in satisfaction of Mr. Hansen’s oral pledge to contribute the Cayman Property Rights to the Company, pursuant to agreement between Mr. Hansen and MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.

F-15

The Cayman Property Rights, which have a net book value of $3,203,847 as of September 30, 2011, were originally acquired in December 2009 by Michael Hansen who contributed the contract to DubLi Properties, LLC before he contributed DubLi Properties, LLC to MediaNet. Michael Hansen acquired the land contract from Crown Acquisitions Worldwide, Ltd. (“Crown”), an unrelated third party, in exchange for 34 parcels of real property owned by him personally that were valued at $2,132,375, plus $43,381 of cash and an agreement by DubLi Properties LLC to make an additional $824,244 of payments for a total contract price of $3,000,000.

MediaNet lent $778,430 to DubLi Properties prior to its ownership by MediaNet and thus the value of the contribution on May 24, 2010 was reduced by that loan amount. Following the contribution, MediaNet made the remaining payments and satisfied the land contact except for an obligation to fill the land. The estimated cost to fill the land is $562,500 and such fill must be completed before May 10, 2012 whereupon the Company will have completed all obligations under the contract and will receive title to the land. If the fill is not complete by May 10, 2012, the Company will forfeit 80% of the $3 million paid, however, the Company has subsequently fulfilled all such obligations in January 2012. Based upon a November 2010 valuation report by an independent appraiser, we have provided for a $358,653 valuation allowance. The contract transactions are summarized as follows:

Land acquisition by Dubli Properties prior to contribution to MediaNet Land swap $ 2,132,375 Cash paid by DubLi Properties 86,763 Less debt to MediaNet (778,430) Value of contribution to MediaNet on May 24, 2010 1,440,708 Cash paid by MediaNet during 2010 1,078,430 Balance September 30, 2010 2,519,138 Cash paid by MediaNet during 2011 480,862 Total contract cost 3,000,000 Accrue estimated obligation to fill land 562,500 Less: valuation allowance from appraisal (358,653) Balance September 30, 2011 $ 3,203,847

The contract between DubLi Properties LLC and Crown is an agreement for deed, and title is transferable after remittance of the final payment by the Company and the completion of the land fill obligation.

Note 8 – Note Payable

In April 2010, the Company purchased and financed an automobile for $41,277 with a 6.5 % note payable for sixty monthly payments of principle and interest of $807. The loan was paid in full in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Note 9 – Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

Prior to November 2009, the Company relied upon one service provider which was located in Europe to process all of the credit card transactions arising from purchases of the Company’s products and DubLi Credits. On November 23, 2009, the Company entered into a processing agreement with NMC, a provider located in the United States, to process U.S. currency credit card transactions. NMC terminated the Agreement on October 27, 2010, alleging that the Company breached the Agreement. NMC has refused the Company's demands to release the $2,164,293 of Reserve Funds owned by the Company, which are being held in a reserve account controlled by First Data, and NMC has filed suit against the Company seeking payment of a “termination fee” of $706,277, which action is currently pending in the California Federal Court.

F-16

On December 13, 2011, the Company filed a motion seeking an expedited trial by early February 2012 of its counterclaims relating to the Reserve Funds, or alternatively of its equitable claims for declaratory judgment and injunction seeking the release of the Reserve Funds, which motion is pending. On January 4, 2012, the Court issued an Order for an expedited trial on February 14, 2012 on the issue of the Company’s right to the immediate return of the Reserve Funds.

For additional information about this case and other litigation involving the Company, see Part I, Item 3 of this Form 10-K.

Employment agreements:

The Company has employment agreements with certain employees, which extend for 24 to 48 months, and are renewable for successive (1) year terms. These agreements provide for base levels of compensation and separation benefits. Future minimum payments under these employment agreements as of September 30, 2011 are as follows:

2012 $ 865,900 2013 180,000 2014 180,000 2015 135,000 $ 1,360,900

Leases

The Company has a non-cancellable operating lease for office space in Boca Raton, Florida that expires in 2020, respectively. The lease agreement is for 10,476 square feet of office space and the Company is obligated to pay common area maintenance and sales tax. Total rental expense for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $279,494 each year.

Future minimum rental commitments for the non-cancellable operating leases at September 30, 2011 are as follows:

2012 $ 275,135 2013 283,411 2014 291,931 2015 224,413 2016 309,391 Thereafter 1,099,876 Total $ 2,484,157

Note 10 – Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following:

2011 2010 Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes United States $ (918,794) $ (2,699,573) Foreign (3,238,241) (2,407,156) Total $ (4,157,034) $ (5,106,730)

Current tax expense (benefit): Federal $ - $ - State - - - - Deferred tax expense (benefit): Federal - - Total $ - $ -

F-17

The tax effect of significant items comprising our net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

2011 2010

Deferred tax assets: Stock Options $ 229,300 $ 248,009 Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards 934,400 1,995,278 Foreign net operating loss carryforwards 94,721 371,326 Other 61,822 55,346 Gross deferred tax assets 1,320,243 2,669,959 Less: valuation allowance (1,307,261) (2,546,601) Net deferred tax assets 12,982 123,358 Deferred tax liabilities (12,982) (123,358) Net deferred taxes $ - $ -

At September 30, 2011, the Company had $4,722,095 of net operating loss carry forwards for US federal income tax purposes that expire beginning in 2019. Due to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations related to the change in ownership of the Company, the utilization of pre-acquisition net operating losses is limited on an annual basis. The Company had approximately $947,208 of foreign net operating loss carry forwards at September 30, 2011.

In assessing the ability to realize the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during the period in which these temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in making this assessment. As of September 30, 2011 and 2010, valuation allowances of $1,307,261 and $2,546,601 have been recorded, respectively.

A reconciliation of US statutory federal income tax rate related to pretax income (loss) from continuing operations to the effective tax rate for the years ended September 30 is as follows:

2011 2010 Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes United States $ (918,794 ) $ (2,699,573 ) Foreign (3,238,241 ) (2,407,156 ) Total $ (4,157,034 ) $ (5,106,730 )

Statutory rate 35 % 35 % Permanent difference 9 % 7 % Effect of foreign earnings -14 % -72 % Valuation allowance -30 % 27 % Other 0 % 3 % 0 % 0 %

F-18

The Company operates as a US corporation with foreign subsidiaries. As a result, the Company's expected statutory rate is 35 percent and would apply to its foreign earnings if such amounts were earned in the US. The Company's foreign earnings were derived principally in Cyprus, which has a tax rate of 10 percent, and in the British Virgin Islands, which does not assess a corporate income tax on earnings. As a result, the Company's effective rate was reduced significantly by the effect of the Company's foreign earnings.

Under ASC 740, an entity may only recognize or continue to recognize tax positions that meet a more likely than not threshold. In the ordinary course of business there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying our income tax positions. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based on management's evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recognized the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the Company's financial statements. Management believes that the Company has not taken any material tax positions that would be deemed to be uncertain, therefore the Company has not established a liability for uncertain tax positions for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Note 11 – Related Party Transactions:

Loans from CG and its Affiliates

In January 2010, DubLi Network Limited was asked to lend $150,000 to the Company to, among other things, satisfy the Company’s $135,978 of indebtedness to Mr. Martin Berns and $30,000 to Mr. Eugene Berns (as described in more detail below). Although DubLi Network Limited maintained that it had no legal obligation to extend such a loan pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on January 5, 2010 DubLi Network Limited lent an additional $100,000 to the Company and on January 11, 2010, the Company’s debts to Messrs. Martin and Eugene Berns were satisfied in full. The loan was assumed by the Company in the merger and has been eliminated in the consolidation of the consolidated financial statements along with all other intercompany debt.

Transactions with Directors and Officers

F-19

F-20

Lester Rosenkrantz – As President of Cameron & Associates, Mr. Rosenkrantz, agreed to terminate the $1,000 monthly fee that the Company paid to his firm for investor relations services upon acceptance of his Board seat in April 2011.

Note 12 – Stock and Equity

Common Stock

The Company had authorized 500 million shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. Common shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and 2010 were 359,802,057 and 244,200,626, respectively.

Common Stock Warrants

As of September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase up to -0- and 801,250 shares of Common Stock. These securities give the holder the right to purchase shares of the Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the instrument. All remaining unexercised warrants expired during 2011.

2011 2010 Outstanding at beginning of year 801,250 3,098,000 Exercised (878,250) Expired (801,250) (1,418,500) Outstanding at end of year - 801,250

The following table summarizes information with respect to the above referenced warrants outstanding at September 30, 2010 which have expiration dates ranging from October 2010 to February 2011:

Weighted Weighted Number Average Average Exercise Price Outstanding Exercise Price Life Years

Warrants $ 0.25 - $0.50 2,163,750 $ 0.31 <1.0

Preferred Stock

The Company had authorized 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010. As of September 30, 2011 and 2010, there were no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. On May 24, 2010, 1,141,933 preferred shares were returned to the Company and cancelled. On September 30, 2010, the remaining 3,858,067 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, all of which were designated as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and were converted to 214,178,946 common shares.

On October 16, 2009, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation for the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to which the Company, at the direction of its Board of Directors, designated the rights and preferences of all 5,000,000 authorized shares of Preferred Stock. The Certificate of Designation was subsequently amended on December 24, 2009 and May 24, 2010 to adjust the Conversion Ratio (defined below).

F-21

Under the Certificate of Designation in effect prior to September 30, 2010, the Series A Preferred Stock was automatically convertible into shares of the Common Stock at the conversion ratio of 55.514574 shares of Common Stock for each share of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Ratio”). The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock were not entitled to any dividend preference but were entitled to participate pari passu in dividends declared with respect to the Common Stock as if the Series A Preferred Stock was converted in Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio. Similarly, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock were not entitled to any liquidation preference but, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock would be deemed converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio and would participate pari passu in the distribution of liquidation proceeds. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock were entitled to vote on matters presented to the holders of Common Stock as if the Series A Preferred Stock was converted into the Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio. Except as provided by Nevada law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

Prior to September 30, 2010, the Company did not have reserved and available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of common stock that was sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company’s shareholders had not previously effectively approved an increase in the Company’s authorized shares of Common Stock to five hundred million (500,000,000) shares.

Change in Control

On October 19, 2009, there was a change in the effective control of the Company. On that date, pursuant to the Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of August 10, 2009, and subsequently amended and restated on September 25, 2009, among the Company, the Company’s then subsidiary MediaNet Merger Sub, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and CG Holdings Limited, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of CG for 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Merger”). Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock were entitled to vote on matters presented to the holders of Common Stock as if the Series A Preferred Stock was converted into the Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio. Accordingly, Zen Holding Group Limited, the sole record holder of CG owns approximately 88% of the voting power of the Company. Michael Hansen and Michel Saouma, who is neither a director nor executive officer of the Company, indirectly share the right to vote and make investment decisions with respect to the shares held by Zen.

In addition, as a condition to the Merger, the Company agreed to appoint:

• Michael Hansen as a director and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

• Kent Holmstoel as Chairman of the Board and Chief Operating Officer of the Company; and

• Andreas Kusche as a director and as General Counsel of the Company.

In connection with the Merger, all of the persons serving as directors of the Company as of October 19, 2009, resigned. On October 29, 2009, the Company appointed Mr. Hansen as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Holmstoel as Chief Operating Officer and Mr. Kusche as General Counsel of the Company. Also on such date, Steven Adelstein was appointed to the Board by Mr. Berns, who was then the sole remaining Board member. On February 23, 2010, Mr. Adelstein resigned and was replaced by Andreas Kusche. The appointment of Messrs. Hansen and Holmstoel was effective on September 30, 2010, upon our compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 14f-1. On September 10, 2010 the Company filed a Schedule 14f-1 with Securities and Exchange Commission and made a distribution of such schedule to its shareholders. The Company also filed a Form 8-K announcing the effectiveness of the appointment of Messrs Hansen and Holmstoel on September 20, 2010.

Subsequent to the Merger, on March 30, 2011, Kent Lee Holmstoel resigned from his position Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) and as a member of the Board, which resignation was effective on that date and, On March 31, 2011, Andreas Kusche resigned his position as a member of the Board. Mr. Kusche remains in his roles as General Counsel and Secretary of the Corporation.

On April 8, 2011, Niels Burtenshaw Thuesen, Blas Garcia Moros, and Lester Rosenkrantz were appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors. All three new members have agreed to serve on the Audit and Finance Committee of the Board.

F-22

Note 13 – Stock Compensation Plans

2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan

The 2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) became effective September 30, 2010. The 2010 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan has not yet been ratified by our stockholders. The Plan is designed for the benefit of the directors, executives, employees and certain consultants and advisors of the Company (i) to attract and retain for the Company personnel of exceptional ability; (ii) to motivate such personnel through added incentives to make a maximum contribution to greater profitability; (iii) to develop and maintain a highly competent management team; and (iv) to be competitive with other companies with respect to executive compensation. Awards under the Plan may be made to Participants in the form of (i) incentive stock options; (ii) nonqualified stock Options; (iii) stock appreciation rights; (iv) restricted stock; (v) deferred stock; (vi) stock awards; (vii) performance shares; (viii) other stock-based awards; and (ix) other forms of equity-based compensation as may be provided and are permissible under the Plan and the law. A total of 100 million shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan.

Stock Option Awards and Compensation

The following stock options have been awarded to officers and directors under the Omnibus Plan and are all subject to continued service under employment or contractor agreements:

Term Vest in in Exercise Grantee Grant Date Years years Award price Terms

September 30, 1 Million vest at grant, then Mark Mroczkowski 2010 10 3 5,000,000 $ 0.001 500,000 quarterly Anabella November 8, 62,500 vest quarterly beginning Teverovsky 2010 10 3 500,000 $ 0.001 December 31, 2010 2 million vest at grant then 250,000 Niels Thuesen April 7, 2011 5 2 3,000,000 $ 0.001 quarterly Employee Incentive 387,257 vest annually beginning Plan April 1, 2011 10 3 1,161,772 $ 0.15 September 30, 2012 5 million vest annually beginning Michael Hansen May 14, 2011 10 5 25,000,000 $ 0.15 December 31, 2011 Alessandro 500,000 vest quarterly beginning Annoscia July 1, 2011 10 4 8,000,000 $ 0.15 September 30, 2011 September 7, 500,000 vest at September 30, Troels Andersen 2011 10 4 2,000,000 $ 0.20 2012, then 125,000 quarterly 44,661,772

The above stock option awards, provide that in the event that either person (i) is terminated by us without cause, (ii) terminates their employment with us for good reason or (iii) dies or is disabled, any unvested Stock Options then held by such person or their estate will vest immediately. In the event that either person is terminated by us with “cause” or terminates his employment with us without “good reason,” any unvested Stock Options then held by such will be forfeited.

F-23

The following summarizes the stock option activity for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

2011 2010 Weighted Weighted average average Shares exercise price Shares exercise price Outstanding at beginning of year 5,000,000 $ 0.001 - $ - Granted 39,661,772 $ 0.139 5,000,000 $ 0.001 Exercised (3,000,000 ) $ 0.001 - $ - Forfeited - $ - - $ - Outstanding at end of year 41,661,772 $ 0.133 5,000,000 $ 0.001 Options exercisable at end of year 3,000,000 $ 0.026 1,000,000 $ 0.001

The following summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2011:

Options Outstanding Options Exercisable Weighted Weighted Weighted average average average Number remaining exercise Number exercise Exercise price Outstanding contract price exercisable price

$ 0.001 5,500,000 1.18 $ 0.001 2,500,000 $ 0.001 $ 0.150 34,161,772 3.84 $ 0.150 500,000 $ 0.150 $ 0.20 2,000,000 4.00 $ 0.200 - $ - 41,661,772 $ 0.133 3,000,000 $ 0.026

During the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively we recognized $1,258,974 and $219,802 of employee stock option compensation. We recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each stock option grant. The unamortized stock option compensation expense at as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 is $6,259,395 and $875,683, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

The following stock grants have been awarded to officers and directors under the Omnibus Plan and are all subject to continued service under employment or director agreements:

Vesting in Grantee Grant Date years Award Terms Betina Sorensen September 30, 2010 3 5,000,000 1 Million vest at grant, then 500,000 quarterly Andreus Kusche September 30, 2010 3 4,400,000 400,000 vest at grant, then 500,000 quarterly Blas Moros April 7, 2011 2 2,000,000 250,000 vest quarterly beginning June 30, 2011 Lester Rosenkrantz April 7, 2011 2 2,000,000 250,000 vest quarterly beginning June 30, 2011 13,400,000

The above restricted stock awards, provide that in the event that either person (i) is terminated by us without cause, (ii) terminates their employment with us for good reason or (iii) dies or is disabled, any unvested Restricted Stock then held by such person or their estate will vest immediately. In the event that either person is terminated by us with “cause” or terminates his employment with us without “good reason,” any unvested Restricted Stock then held by such will be forfeited.

Restricted stock awards are expensed pro rata over the vesting periods based upon the fair value of the awards at the time of grant. Stock based compensation from the issuance of common stock and restricted stock awards totaled $924,401 and $413,601 for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively. Restricted stock awards outstanding and not yet vested totaled 7,000,000 and 8,000,000 for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The unamortized stock based expense for restricted stock awards outstanding and not yet vested totaled $1,330,000 and $1,760,000 for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

F-24

The fair value of 5,000,000 restricted shares that vested in 2011 was $924,401 and in 2010 the fair value of 1,400,000 restricted shares that vested was $413,601.

The following table shows all restricted stock activity for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

Restricted shares outstanding, October 1, 2009 - Granted 9,400,000 Vested (1,400,000) Forfeited - Restricted shares outstanding, September 30, 2010 8,000,000 Granted 4,000,000 Vested (5,000,000) Forfeited - Restricted shares outstanding, September 30, 2011 7,000,000

In addition to the foregoing, the Company awarded on an unrestricted basis 8,365,346 fully vested common shares under the Omnibus Plan to five different independent contractors in exchange for services valued at $2,498,287.

Note 14 – Merger

The Merger and Merger Related Transactions

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company acquired on October 19, 2009 all of the outstanding shares of CG in exchange for the issuance to CG’s shareholders of 5,000,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. The Agreement provided that the Series A Preferred Stock would be automatically converted into Common Stock of at such time as the Company’s Articles of Incorporation were amended to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to 500,000,000 shares. If all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock as of October 19, 2009, the former record holder of CG, Zen Holding Group Limited (“Zen Holding”), would have become the record holder of 90% of the then issued and outstanding Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis.

The Company and CG originally contemplated that Zen would receive Common Stock upon consummation of the Merger and the Merger would be completed in the first quarter of 2010 in order to:

• provide the Company sufficient time to prepare a complex proxy statement and hold a shareholder meeting to consider approval of the Merger Agreement and an amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 50 million to 500 million shares; and

• provide the beneficial owners of CG adequate time to contribute and/or transfer a number of entities or properties to CG.

For instance, upon completion of the Merger the Company expected that CG would own directly or indirectly all of the following subsidiaries or assets:

• DUBLICOM LIMITED ( “DUBLICOM ”), a Cyprus limited company, which runs DubLi ’s auction websites;

• Lenox Resources, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, that holds DubLi ’s intellectual property;

• DUBLI NETWORK LIMITED (“DUBLI NETWORK”), a British Virgin Islands limited company, that operates DubLi’s global network with its Business Associates;

F-25

• Lenox Logistik und Service GmbH (“Lenox Logistik”), a German corporation, serves as the product purchasing agent of DUBLICOM for products sold to customers outside of North America, Australia and New Zealand. Lenox Logistik also serves as an outsourced service provider that employs persons who are collectively responsible for DubLi’s administrative, accounting, marketing and purchasing activities.

• DubLi Logistics, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DubLi Logistics”), serves exclusively as the product purchasing agent of DUBLICOM for products sold to customers in North America (United States, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Canada), Australia and New Zealand;

• certain rights to real estate in the Cayman Islands (the “Cayman Property Rights ”) now held by DubLi Properties, LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation.

In compliance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, the Company also expected to include in its consolidated financial statements DubLi.com, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that was the holding company for two subsidiaries that have since discontinued operations: DubLi.com GmbH, a German corporation, and DubLi Network, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

In early September 2009, the Company and CG were advised by legal counsel that the merger could be effected sooner than previously anticipated if, in lieu of Common Stock, Zen Holding received the Series A Preferred Stock, which would be converted later into Common Stock. Accordingly, on October 19, 2009, the Merger was consummated and Zen Holding was issued the Series A Preferred Stock.

Completed Post-Merger Adjustments

After completing the Merger, the Company determined that certain of its expectations with respect to the Merger had not been met. In particular, upon completion of the Merger on or about the targeted completion date of June 30, 2010, the Company expected that: it would (i) directly or indirectly hold 100% of the equity interests of DubLi Logistics; (ii) directly or indirectly hold certain real estate rights now held by DubLi Properties LLC; and (iii) certain investors in DubLi.com, LLC would become shareholders in the Company.

As a result of the acceleration of the Merger closing and the substantial amount of work required to complete the Merger and the related SEC disclosure documents, Mr. Hansen’s oral pledge to, prior to the Merger, transfer his 100% ownership interest in DubLi Logistics to CG was not evidenced by definitive transfer documents until May 24, 2010. Similarly, Mr. Hansen’s oral pledge to contribute his 100% indirect ownership interest in the Cayman Property Rights (now owned by DubLi Properties, LLC) to the Company in support of DubLi’s marketing programs was not evidenced by definitive transfer documents until May 24, 2010.

As of May 24, 2010, the Company had acquired all of the equity interests in DubLi Logistics and DubLi Properties LLC that the Company expected it would own.

DubLi Logistics - Purchasing Agent of DUBLICOM

DubLi Logistics was identified as one of the consolidated subsidiaries of the Company in Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 4, 2010 (the “Form 8-K”) and the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 (the “Form 10-Q”) based upon DubLi Logistics historical and current operation as an affiliated, profitless, product purchasing agent of DUBLICOM. DubLi Logistics is operated exclusively by employees of Lenox Logistik.

DubLi Properties - Property Orally Pledged to DubLi

The Cayman Property Rights, which had a book value of $2,519,138 as of September 30, 2010, were acquired by DubLi Properties, LLC in December 2009 in exchange for 34 parcels of real property, $43,381 of cash and an agreement by DubLi Properties LLC to make an additional $824,244 of payments.

F-26

DubLi Properties, LLC was contributed to the Company by Mr. Hansen on May 24, 2010 in satisfaction of Mr. Hansen’s oral pledge to contribute the Cayman Property Rights to the Company. The value of the contract at the date of contribution was $1,440,708 based upon the cost of the payments made up to the date of transfer which approximated the appraised market value. The contract works in the same manner as a lay-a-way plan whereby installments are made until completion when delivery of the purchase is made. There is no obligation to make payments but, payments made are forfeited if all remaining payments are not made under the agreement.

The primary purpose of the Cayman Property Rights, which consists of a purchase deed with respect to 15 lots in the Cayman Islands, is to reward DubLi Business Associates upon completion of certain performance objectives. See also Note 7.

DubLi.com, LLC - Discontinued Businesses

The results of operations and assets and liabilities of DubLi.com, LLC’s subsidiaries were also included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations as reported in the Form 8-K and Form 10-Q based upon their common ownership and historical relationship to CG and its other consolidated subsidiaries. DubLi.com, LLC, which is a holding company, has never directly operated a business and its subsidiaries were sold or their businesses were discontinued in the second quarter of 2009.

The Company and Mr. Hansen had previously expected that the investors in DubLi.com, LLC (the “DubLi.com Investors”) would receive from Zen Holding certain shares of “restricted” Common Stock. With the acceleration of the Merger closing and Merger restructuring, the DubLi.com Investors were expected to receive from Zen Holding 62,679,116 shares of restricted Common Stock upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock to Common Stock. Since Zen Holding has not transferred and does not intend to transfer Common Stock to the DubLi.com Investors as previously anticipated, the Company and Zen Holding entered into an agreement, dated May 24, 2010 (the “Post-Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which Zen Holding returned to the Company 1,129,057 shares of Preferred Stock, which were otherwise convertible into 62,679,116 shares of Common Stock.

Pursuant to the Post-Merger Agreement, Zen Holding has also returned to the Company 12,876 shares of Series A Preferred Stock which were convertible into 714,817 shares of Common Stock (the “Lenox Shares”).

Accordingly, as of May 24, 2010, the Company had 3,858,067 and 28,621,680 issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively.

Outstanding Post-Merger Adjustments

Amendment of Certificate of Designation

In connection with the preparation of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and a review of the transfer agent records, it came to the Company’s attention that the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding prior to the Merger was understated by a total of 439,878 (the “Additional Common Stock”), comprised of 500,000 shares purchased by a shareholder in July 2007 (although the certificate was not issued until January 2010) offset by an accounting error in connection with the net exercise of warrants involving approximately 60,000 shares. In light of this understatement, as of May 24, 2010 the Company amended the Certificate of Designation setting forth the terms of the Preferred Stock (the “Adjustment Amendment”). In the Adjustment Amendment, the Conversion Ratio was increased from 54.7229736 to 55.514574 to permit the holders of the Preferred Stock to maintain their expected percentage ownership after taking into account the Additional Common Stock.

Proposed Two Step Transfer of Common Stock to DubLi.com Beneficiaries and Lenox Beneficiaries

As described above, in May 2010 Company announced that:

• Zen Holding had returned to the Company 1,141,933 shares of Preferred Stock, which were convertible into 63,393,933 shares of Common Stock (the “Loyalty Shares ”);

F-27

• the Company intended to use 62,679,116 of the Loyalty Shares to purchase, in a registered tender offer, various outstanding interests in DubLi.com, LLC from persons (the “DubLi.com Beneficiaries ”) other than Mr. Michael Hansen; and

• the Company intended to transfer 714,817 of the Loyalty Shares to various employees (the “Lenox Beneficiaries ” and together with the DubLi.com Beneficiaries, the “Beneficiaries ”) of Lenox Resources, LLC.

The Company has since determined not to seek to acquire interests in DubLi.com, LLC. Nonetheless, the Company would still like to provide the Beneficiaries a significant ownership interest in the Company.

Accordingly, the Company transferred the Loyalty Shares to a trust (the “Trust”) on or about March 28, 2011, (the “Initial Transfer Date”) and, on March 28, 2012 (the “Final Transfer Date”), have the Trust transfer the Loyalty Shares to the Beneficiaries (the “Two Step Transfer”).

The Company believes the Two Step Transfer process is preferable to conducting some form of registered offerings in the United States and numerous other countries due to, among other things, the projected expense and time required to complete registered offerings in numerous jurisdictions.

Establishment of the Trust and Issuance of the Loyalty Shares

The Two Step Transfer process is governed by the share transfer agreement, dated February 25, 2011 (“Share Transfer Agreement”), a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.13 hereto. The Trust was established on March 28, 2011, and is administered by Batista Guerra y Asociados, an independent Panamanian law firm (the “Trustee”), pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the trust agreement which was signed on February 25, 2011 (the “Trust Agreement”), a draft of which is filed as Exhibit 10.14 hereto. The following summary of the Share Transfer Agreement and the Trust Agreement is qualified in its entirety by the actual forms of agreement filed as exhibits hereto and which are hereby incorporated by reference herein.

The Company is not required to issue the Loyalty Shares to the Trust until prior satisfaction of the following, among other things: (1) the terms of the Share Transfer Agreement have been publicly disclosed by the Company at least 20 days prior to the issuance of the Loyalty Shares to the Trust; (2) on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, the Company shall not have received any comments from the SEC or any other comparable foreign or US State regulator with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Share Transfer Agreement (other than comments that are resolved to the satisfaction of the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion); and (3) on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, the Company shall not have received notice of any demand, claim or a threatened claim with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Share Transfer Agreement (other than comments, demands, claims or threatened claims that are resolved to the satisfaction of the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion).

Terms and Conditions of the Trust

The Trustee is required to transfer the Loyalty Shares to the Beneficiaries without requiring any payment or other consideration from the Beneficiaries (other than any transfer taxes or tariffs that may be imposed in connection with the transfer). In order to receive the Loyalty Shares, each Beneficiary will be required to complete, execute and return to the Company a Beneficiary Representation Affidavit certifying that the Beneficiary, among other things: (1) has received an information memorandum relating to the transfer of the Loyalty Shares; (2) has had access to such financial information and other information concerning the Company and the Loyalty Shares; and (3) understands and agrees that the Beneficiary is receiving the Loyalty Shares pursuant to Regulation S, Regulation D or another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the US Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). No Beneficiary shall have any right, title or interest of any kind in the Loyalty Shares until such time, if ever, that the Trustee transfers Loyalty Shares to the subject Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

F-28

The Company would like to provide the Beneficiaries a significant ownership interest in the Company since: (i) virtually all of the DubLi.com Beneficiaries are former Business Associates of DubLi Network, LLC a wholly owned subsidiary of DubLi.com, LLC, and current Business Associates of DUBLI NETWORK LIMITED, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company; (ii) virtually all of the Lenox Beneficiaries have been and are currently employees or consultants of the Company, (iii) notwithstanding the financial failure of DubLi.com, LLC, the Company believes that the DubLi Network, LLC Business Associates assisted the Company build brand awareness for the DubLi.com trade name; and (iv) consistent with many of their expectations, the Company likes the Beneficiaries to have a significant ownership interest in the entity which owns and is further developing the DubLi brand.

Accounting for Two Step Transfer

If the Two Step Transfer is concluded as planned:

(i) the Company will have issued 277,573,770 shares of common stock in connection with the merger and the Two-Step Transfer, the same number of shares the Company initially planned to issue in connection with the Merger (disregarding adjustments due to errors in the Company's stock ledger);

(ii) the Beneficiaries will be receiving the same number of shares of Common Stock they would have received if the Merger had been completed as planned and Zen Holding had transferred the Loyalty Shares to the Beneficiaries as intended (disregarding adjustments due to errors in the Company's stock ledger); and

(iii) the Company will have received no more consideration in connection with the Merger and the Two-Step Transfer than it planned to receive in connection with the Merger.

The Company reacquired and cancelled 1,141,933 shares of preferred stock (convertible into 63,393,933 shares of common stock) pursuant to an agreement with Zen Holding dated May 24, 2010, which agreement did not require the Company to tender Zen Holding any consideration. The Company has agreed to issue 63,393,933 new common shares pursuant to the Share Transfer Agreement. The new share issuance is equivalent to the number of common shares into which the preferred stock would have converted.

The Company has made the following entries with respect to the equity section of its consolidated financial statements to account for the Merger, as amended, and the Two Step Transfer as follows:

1. For merger consideration, the Company issued 5 million preferred shares on October 19, 2009 and recorded the $50,000 par value of the preferred stock as disclosed in Form 10 -Q for the first quarter ended December 31, 2009. 2. For no consideration, the Company received and canceled 1,141,933 preferred shares May 24, 2010 and recorded a reduction of preferred stock par value and increase in paid -in capital of $11,419 as disclosed in Form 10 -Q for the third quarter ended June 30, 2010. 3. The Company converted 3,858,067 preferred into 214,178,946 common on September 30, 2010, and recorded a reduction in preferred stock par value of $38,581 and increase in common stock par value of $214,179 and a reduction of paid-in capital of $175,598 which will be disclosed in Form 10 -K for the year ended September 30, 2010. 4. For no consideration, the Company expects to issue 63,393,933 common shares on March 30, 2011, and record an increase in common stock par value and a reduction of paid-in capital of $63,394 which will be disclosed in the Form 10-Q for the second quarter ending March 31, 2011. In accordance with ASC 805-50-05-4, the common shares will be issued at par value and no goodwill or other step-up of assets will be recognized because the shares will be issued to the members of DubLi.com, LLC, (see Note 2) an entity under common control. The shares will be issued to the members in proportion to their ownership of DubLi.com, LLC.

F-29

The following table illustrates the accounting for the aforementioned transactions:

Series A Series A Preferred Preferred Common Common Stock Stock Shares Stock Paid -In Issued Par Value Issued Par Value Capital 1. Oct 19, 2009; Preferred shares Issued in merger transaction 5,000,000 $ 50,000 $ (50,000) 2. May 24, 2010; Return and cancel preferred shares (1,141,933 ) (11,419) 11,419 3. September 30, 2010; Convert preferred to common shares (3,858,067 ) (38,581) 214,178,946 $ 214,179 (175,598) 4. March 30, 2011; Issue common shares 63,393,933 63,394 (63,394)

Totals -0- $ -0 - 277,572,879 $ 277,573 $ (277,573)

Note 15 – Corrections of Errors and Restatements and Reclassifications

The Company has restated its consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2010 and its consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended to correct errors in its accounting.

On December 2, 2011, management concluded that a misstatement occurred as a result of an error in accounting for breakage revenue from unused DubLi credits. The Company previously estimated breakage based upon a three year historical analysis of actual usage. Management concluded that this method did not properly recognize breakage revenue because the Company did not have sufficient history to enable it to record breakage revenue prior to expiration of the DubLi Credits.

The Company has revised its breakage policy to record as breakage only those unused DubLi Credits remaining in Business Associate accounts 30 days after the account was closed for non-renewal.

The error corrections and the effects of the restatements of the September 30, 2010 and 2009 annual consolidated financial statements are shown on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Operations presented below. The corrections were the result of a change in the timing of revenue recognition and did not affect the Company’s Cash Flows:

September 30, 2010 September 30, 2009 As last reported Corrections Restated As last reported Corrections Restated Assets Prepaid customer acquisition costs $ 956,017 $ 8,812,177 $ 9,768,194 $ 2,577,168 $ 2,259,717 $ 4,836,885 Other assets 8,004,153 - 8,004,153 3,983,220 - 3,983,220 Total Assets 8,960,170 8,812,177 17,772,347 6,560,388 2,259,717 8,820,105 Liabilities and equity Deferred revenue 2,892,397 17,543,715 20,436,112 5,560,762 4,319,481 9,880,243 Other liabilities 3,503,492 - 3,503,492 3,886,089 - 3,886,089 Equity (deficit) 2,564,281 (8,731,538 ) (6,167,257 ) (2,886,463) (2,059,764) (4,946,227) Total $ 8,960,170 $ 8,812,177 $ 17,772,347 $ 6,560,388 $ 2,259,717 $ 8,820,105

Revenues $ 24,473,731 $ (14,607,486 ) $ 9,866,245 $ 12,355,163 $ (4,319,482) $ 8,035,682 Direct cost of revenues 11,769,501 (6,462,394 ) 5,307,107 8,856,973 (2,259,717) 6,597,256 Selling, general and administrative 10,464,746 (811,532 ) 9,653,214 4,717,119 (703,644) 4,013,475 Income (loss) from operations $ 2,239,484 $ (7,333,560 ) $ (5,094,076 ) $ (1,218,929) $ (1,356,120) $ (2,575,049)

F-30

The following tables present selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the periods ending as indicated and restated.

2011 Unaudited December 31, 2010 March 31, 2011 June 30, 2011 As last As last As last reported Corrections Restated reported Corrections Restated reported Corrections Restated Assets Prepaid customer acquisition costs 988,365 9,856,362 10,844,727 566,947 9,881,094 10,448,041 428,654 7,191,571 7,620,225 Other assets 7,848,534 (600,000 ) 7,248,534 7,615,665 7,615,665 8,721,186 (282,000 ) 8,439,186 Total 8,836,899 9,256,362 18,093,261 8,182,612 9,881,094 18,063,706 9,149,840 6,909,571 16,059,411 Liabilities and equity (deficit) Deferred revenue 2,764,363 18,572,879 21,337,242 1,791,342 18,629,852 20,421,194 1,467,993 13,613,432 15,081,425 Other liabilities 3,408,322 3,408,322 3,303,362 3,303,362 2,623,178 2,623,178 Equity (deficit) 2,664,214 (9,316,517 ) (6,652,303 ) 3,087,908 (8,748,758 ) (5,660,850 ) 5,058,669 (6,703,861 ) (1,645,192 ) Total 8,836,899 9,256,362 18,093,261 8,182,612 9,881,094 18,063,706 9,149,840 6,909,571 16,059,411

Revenues 3,430,881 (1,569,543 ) 1,861,338 3,076,926 1,116,255 4,193,181 2,889,172 5,233,878 8,123,050 Direct cost of revenues 1,686,203 (1,364,135 ) 322,068 1,282,054 786,965 2,069,019 1,772,908 2,853,388 4,626,296 Selling, general and administrative 2,315,700 521,076 2,836,776 3,144,469 (189,143) 2,955,326 2,251,002 357,573 2,608,575 Income (loss) from operations (571,022) (726,484 ) (1,297,506 ) (1,349,597 ) 518,433 (831,164) (1,134,738 ) 2,022,917 888,179 Net income (loss) (570,054) (726,484 ) (1,296,538 ) (1,351,899 ) 518,433 (833,466) (1,148,643 ) 2,022,917 874,274 Basic earnings per share 0.00 (0.01 ) (0.01 ) (0.01 ) 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Diluted earnings per share 0.00 (0.01 ) (0.01 ) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2010 Unaudited December 31, 2009 March 31, 2010 June 30, 2010 As last As last As last reported Corrections Restated reported Corrections Restated reported Corrections Restated Assets Prepaid customer acquisition costs 4,286,679 2,906,518 7,193,197 4,120,425 3,892,909 8,013,334 4,297,599 4,711,781 9,009,380 Other assets 8,048,246 8,048,246 7,608,376 7,608,376 8,111,958 8,111,958 Total 12,334,925 2,906,518 15,241,443 11,728,801 3,892,909 15,621,710 12,409,557 4,711,781 17,121,338 Liabilities and equity (deficit) Deferred revenue 9,252,710 5,726,901 14,979,611 9,000,087 7,666,456 16,666,543 8,696,910 10,036,511 18,733,421 Other liabilities 4,167,904 4,167,904 2,623,864 2,623,864 2,231,181 2,231,181 Equity (1,085,689) (2,820,383 ) (3,906,072 ) 104,850 (3,773,547 ) (3,668,697 ) 1,481,466 (5,324,730 ) (3,843,264 ) Total 12,334,925 2,906,518 15,241,443 11,728,801 3,892,909 15,621,710 12,409,557 4,711,781 17,121,338

Revenues 4,283,935 (2,485,794 ) 1,798,141 6,332,129 (2,380,578 ) 3,951,551 6,102,897 (3,418,499 ) 2,684,398 Direct cost of revenues 3,214,364 (1,777,755 ) 1,436,609 3,546,552 (1,075,210 ) 2,471,342 1,840,894 (1,163,033 ) 677,861 Selling, general and administrative 607,740 (135,342 ) 472,398 1,529,680 (135,023) 1,394,657 3,431,770 (146,051 ) 3,285,719 Income (loss) from operations 461,831 (572,697 ) (110,866 ) 1,255,897 (1,170,345 ) 85,552 830,233 (2,109,415 ) (1,279,182 ) Net income (loss) 460,204 (572,697 ) (112,493 ) 1,250,386 (1,170,345 ) 80,041 829,968 (2,109,414 ) (1,279,446 ) Basic earnings per share 0.02 (0.02 ) 0.00 0.04 (0.04) 0.00 0.03 (0.07 ) (0.04 ) Diluted earnings per share 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

F-31

Note 16 – Subsequent Events

Currency Translation Effects

Subsequent to the balance sheet date the exchange rate between the EURO and the US dollar increased by approximately 3.86%. These recent changes would increase the currency translation adjustment and decrease comprehensive income and current assets by approximately $15,000. See also notes 7, 9, and 11.

Note 17 - Segment Information

The Company serves its customers using four websites that target major geographic regions. Each website has the same investment criteria and economic and operating characteristics and are considered one reportable operating segment. Management does not believe that the Company has any material reporting segments. Managements’ evaluation procedures are performed on the Company as a whole and in each of these four major geographic regions:

Revenues 2011 2010 European Union $ 13,484,674 57 % $ 2,269,236 23 % North America 1,420,677 6% 2,466,561 25 % Australia & New Zealand 2,950,014 12 % 4,143,823 42 % Worldwide 5,944,342 25 % 986,625 10 % $ 23,799,707 100 % $ 9,866,245 100 %

Long-lived assets include property and equipment all of which resided in the United States as of September 30, 2011 and 2010. Trademarks reside in Cyprus, but have no capitalized cost recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-32

EXHIBIT 10.12

OFFICE LEASE

by and between

485 PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

(“ Landlord ”)

and

MEDIANET GROUP TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Nevada corporation

(“ Tenant ”)

Dated as of

December 01, 2009

OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is made between 485 Properties, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and the Tenant described in Item 1 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

LEASE OF PREMISES

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, those certain premises (the “ Premises ”) described in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions and as shown in the drawing attached hereto as Exhibit A -1 . The Premises are located in the Building described in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Building is located on that certain land (the “ Land ”) more particularly described on Exhibit A -2 attached hereto, which is also improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements, fixtures and common areas and appurtenances now or hereafter placed, constructed or erected on the Land (sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Project ”, which Project is also more commonly known as the Boca Center and the 1800/1850 Boca Center, Boca Raton, Florida).

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

1. Tenant: MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation

2. Building: Boca Center Tower I 5200 Town Center Circle Boca Raton, Florida 33486

3. Description of Premises: Suite: 601

Rentable Area: 10,476 square feet

Building Size: 119,832 square feet (subject to Paragraph 18 )

4. Tenant ’s Proportionate 8.74% (10,476 rsf / 119,832 rsf) (See Paragraphs 3 and 18(c) ) Share:

5. Base Rent: (See Paragraph 2 )

Months 1 to 6, inclusive : Base Rent is abated for this six (6) month period but Operating Expenses are not Monthly Installment:

Months 7 to 12, inclusive: $130,950.00 ($25.00/ square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $21,825.00* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 13 to 24, inclusive : $269,757.00 ($25.75/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $22,479.75* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 25 to 36, inclusive : $277,823.52 ($26.52/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $23,151.96* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 37 to 48, inclusive: $286,204.32 ($27.32/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $23,850.36* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 49 to 60, inclusive: $294,794.64 ($28.14/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $24,566.22* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 61 to 63, inclusive: Base Rent is abated for these three (3) months but Operating Expenses are not

Months 64 to 72, inclusive: $227,695.86 ($28.98/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $25,299.54* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 73 to 84, inclusive: $312,708.60 ($29.85/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $26,059.05* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 85 to 96, inclusive: $322,137.00 ($30.75/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $26,844.75* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 97 to 108, inclusive: $331,774.92 ($31.67/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $27,647.91* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

Months 109 to 120, inclusive: $341,727.12 ($32.62/square foot of Rentable Area/annum)* Monthly Installment: $28,477.26* *plus applicable sales tax thereon

6. Installment Payable $*36,602.89, which is equal to one (1) months Base Rent and Operating Expenses Upon Execution: plus applicable sales tax thereon to be applied to such amounts due for the seventh (7 th ) months of the Initial Term

7. Security Deposit $73,205.78 which is equal to two (2) months of Base Rent and Operating Payable Upon Execution: Expenses plus applicable sales tax thereon in cash (See Paragraph 2(c) )

8. Initial Estimated Amount of Tenant ’s Estimated to be $12,543.91 per month ($14.41 per square foot of Rentable Area/ Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for annum) plus applicable sales tax for calendar year 2009, payable in advance, the Project: subject to periodic adjustments. There is no abatement of any Operating Expenses (See Paragraph 3 )

9. Initial Term: One Hundred Twenty (120) months, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the One Hundred Twentieth (120th) month anniversary of the Commencement Date (See Paragraph 1 )

10. Commencement Date: February 1, 2010

11. Termination Date: January 31, 2020

12. Broker (See Paragraph 19(k) ) :

Landlord ’s Broker: CB Richard Ellis 5355 Town Center Road, Suite 701 Boca Raton, FL 33486

Tenant ’s Broker: C.B. Schwaderer, Inc. 48 N. E. 1 st Avenue Boca Raton, FL 33432

13. Number of Parking Spaces: Forty Two (42) unreserved parking spaces at no charge to Tenant, subject to availability, in the Building ’s adjacent parking garage (See Paragraph 18 )

14. Addresses for Notices:

To: TENANT: To: LANDLORD:

Prior to occupancy of the Premises: Property Management Office: MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. 5100 W. Copans Road, Suite 710 c/o CB Richard Ellis Margate, FL 33063 5355 Town Center Road, Suite 701 Boca Raton, FL 33486

After occupancy of the Premises: With a copy to: At the Premises c/o Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association 8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd. Third Floor/Asset Management-Southeast Charlotte, NC 28262 Attn: Asset Manager

15. Address for Payment of Rent: All payments payable under this Lease shall be sent to Landlord at: 485 Properties, LLC 15103 Collections Center Drive Chicago, IL 60693 or to such other address as Landlord may designate in writing.

16. Guarantor: None

17. Effective Date: Date of execution by both parties

18. Tenant Improvement Allowance: None

19. The “State ” is the state, commonwealth, district Florida or jurisdiction in which the Building is located.

This Lease consists of the foregoing introductory paragraphs and Basic Lease Provisions, the provisions of the Standard Lease Provisions (the “ Standard Lease Provisions ”) (consisting of Paragraph 1 through Paragraph 22 which follow) and Exhibits A -1 through Exhibit A-2 and Exhibits B through Exhibit E , all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Basic Lease Provisions and the provisions of the Standard Lease Provisions, the Standard Lease Provisions shall control.

STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS

1. TERM

(a) The Initial Term of this Lease and the Rent (defined below) shall commence on February 1, 2010 (the “ Commencement Date ”). Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Initial Term of this Lease shall be the period shown in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions. As used herein, “ Lease Term ” shall mean the Initial Term referred to in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions and the “Expiration Date” shall mean the last day of the Initial Term (the “ Expiration Date ”), in each case, subject to any extension of the Initial Term hereof exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions expressly set forth herein. Unless Landlord is terminating this Lease prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the provisions hereof, Landlord shall not be required to provide notice to Tenant of the Expiration Date. This Lease shall be a binding contractual obligation effective upon execution hereof by Landlord and Tenant, notwithstanding the later commencement of the Initial Term of this Lease.

(b) The Premises will be delivered to Tenant on January 2, 2010 so that Tenant may install whatever furniture and equipment it desires. Any entry onto the Premises by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date shall be on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease other than the obligations to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent.

(c) Landlord hereby grants Tenant the option to renew (“ Extension Option ”) the Lease Term for one (1) additional term of five (5) years (the “ Extension Term ”), commencing as of the date immediately following the expiration of the Initial Term, subject to the covenants and conditions of this subparagraph 1(c).

(1) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (the “ Renewal Notice ”) of Tenant’s election to exercise its Extension Option not earlier than twelve (12) months nor later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term; provided that Tenant’s failure to give the Renewal Notice by said date, whether due to Tenant’s oversight or failure to cure any existing defaults after notice and applicable grace periods, if any, or otherwise, shall render this Extension Option null and void. Within twenty (20) days of receipt of such notice, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing of the new “Base Rent” for the Extension Term, calculated in accordance with this subparagraph. Tenant shall have twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of Landlord’s determination of the Base Rent for the Extension Term to elect to extend the Lease Term. The failure of Tenant to respond within the twenty (20) day period shall be deemed the election of Tenant not to extend the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be permitted to exercise this Extension Option at any time during which Tenant is in default under this Lease, subject to applicable notice and grace periods (if any).

(2) Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in “AS-IS” condition as of the commencement of the Extension Term, subject to any other repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord under this Lease, it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no additional obligation to renovate or remodel the Premises as a result of Tenant’s renewal of this Lease.

(3) The covenants and conditions of this Lease in force during the Initial Term, as the same may be modified from time to time, shall continue to be in effect during the Extension Term, except as follows:

(A) The “Commencement Date” for the purposes of this Lease shall be the first day of the Extension Term.

(B) The “Base Rent” for the Extension Term shall be an amount determined by Landlord on an annual basis of the then prevailing market rental rate for space comparable to the Premises as reflected in new leases for premises in the Building.

(C) Additional Rent shall continue to be paid on a monthly basis in the same manner as was applicable during the Initial Term.

(4) Following the expiration of the Extension Term as provided herein, Tenant shall have no further right to renew or extend this Lease.

(d) Provided that (1) Tenant is not in default under any of the terms and conditions of this Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods at the time of the “Termination Notice” and on the “Early Termination Date,” as such terms are defined below, (2) Tenant has not assigned this Lease, except in accordance with the provisions of this Lease and (3) Tenant provides notice of its election in a proper and timely fashion in accordance herewith, Tenant shall have the one time option (“ Cancellation Option ”) to terminate this Lease as to all of the Premises at the end of the sixtieth (60 th ) full calendar month of the Initial Term (the “ Early Termination Date ”), provided (A) Tenant provides at least twelve (12) months’ written notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of the Cancellation Option, and (B) at the time of delivery of the Termination Notice Tenant delivers to Landlord a cancellation fee in an amount which is equal to the sum of the (i) unamortized leasing commissions for this Lease, legal fees incurred in connection with the preparation of this Lease and the abated Base Rent for the first six (6) months of the Initial Term (amortized over the Initial Term at an annual interest rate of eight percent (8%) plus (ii) four (4) months of Base Rent in the amount of $24,566,22 per month plus sales tax and four (4) months of Additional Rent at the monthly rate being charged to Tenant by Landlord at the beginning of the fifth (5 th ) year of the Initial Term.

2. BASE RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT

(a) Tenant agrees to pay during each month of the Lease Term as Base Rent (“ Base Rent ”) for the Premises the sums shown for such periods in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

(b) Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, Base Rent shall be payable in consecutive monthly installments, in advance, without demand, deduction or offset, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter until the expiration of the Lease Term. The first full monthly installment of Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses shall be payable upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease and shall be applied to Rent (Base Rent plus Operating Expenses) due for the 7th month of the Lease Term. The obligation of Tenant to pay Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. If the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or the Lease Term expires on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such partial month shall be calculated on a per diem basis. In the event Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees it shall be bound by and subject to all terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of this Lease during the period between the date possession is delivered and the Commencement Date, other than the payment of Base Rent, in the same manner as if delivery had occurred on the Commencement Date.

(c) Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant has paid or will pay Landlord the security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the performance of the provisions hereof by Tenant, if applicable. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon.

If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent or the cleaning of the Premises upon the termination of this Lease, or amounts which Landlord may be entitled to recover pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit (i) for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, (ii) for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default hereunder, or (iii) to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default hereunder, including, without limitation, costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises following a default by Tenant hereunder. The use or application of the Security Deposit or any portion thereof shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages.

If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit within five (5) business days to the appropriate amount, as determined hereunder. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term; provided, however, that Landlord may retain the Security Deposit until such time as any amount due from Tenant in accordance with Paragraph 3 below has been determined and paid to Landlord in full. Tenant also waives all provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Affiliates (as defined in Paragraph 6(g)(i) below).

(d) The parties agree that for all purposes hereunder the Premises shall be stipulated to contain the number of square feet of Rentable Area described in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Upon the request of Landlord during any extension or renewal of the Initial Term, Landlord’s space planner shall verify the exact number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises. If during any extension or renewal of the Initial Term there is a variation from the number of square feet specified in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease for the purpose of making appropriate adjustments to the Base Rent, the Security Deposit, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and such other provisions hereof as shall be appropriate under the circumstances.

(e) Base Rent shall be paid to Landlord absolutely net of all costs and expenses. The provisions for payment of Operating Expenses by means of periodic payment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of estimated Operating Expenses and the year end adjustment of such payments are intended to pass on to Tenant and reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all costs and expenses of the nature described in Paragraph 3 of this Lease.

3. ADDITIONAL RENT

(a) Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord each month as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”) an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share (defined below) of Operating Expenses (defined below).

(b) “ Tenant ’s Proportionate Share ” is, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 18(c) , the percentage number described in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant’s Proportionate Share represents, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 18(c) , a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Building, as determined and adjusted by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 18(c) .

(c) “ Operating Expenses ” means all costs, expenses and obligations incurred or payable by Landlord in connection with the operation, ownership, management, repair or maintenance of the Building, the Common Areas of the Building, and the Common Areas of the Project allocated by Landlord to the Building during or allocable to the Lease Term, including without limitation, the following:

(i) Any form of assessment, license fee, license tax, business license fee, levy, charge, improvement bond, tax, water and sewer rents and charges, utilities and communications taxes and charges or similar or dissimilar imposition imposed by any authority having the direct power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, lighting, drainage or other improvement or special assessment district thereof, or any other governmental charge, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, which may be assessed against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises, Building and Common Areas of the Building and the Project (collectively, “ Taxes ”). Taxes shall also include, without limitation:

(A) [Intentionally Deleted];

(B) assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of “Taxes” for the purposes of this Lease;

(C) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or other premises in the Building or the rent payable by Tenant hereunder or other tenants of the Project, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax or excise tax levied by state, city or federal government, or any political subdivision thereof, with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof but not on Landlord’s other operations;

(D) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises;

(E) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge by any governmental agency related to any transportation plan, fund or system (including assessment districts) instituted within the geographic area of which the Project is a part; and/or

(F) any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes.

(ii) The cost of services and utilities (including taxes and other charges incurred in connection therewith) provided to the Premises, the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, water, power, gas, sewer, waste disposal, telephone and cable television facilities, fuel, supplies, equipment, tools, materials, service contracts, janitorial services, waste and refuse disposal, window cleaning, maintenance and repair of sidewalks and Building exterior and services areas, gardening and landscaping; insurance, including, but not limited to, public liability, fire, property damage, wind, hurricane, earthquake, terrorism, flood, rental loss, rent continuation, boiler machinery, business interruption, contractual indemnification and All Risk or Causes of Loss - Special Form coverage insurance for up to the full replacement cost of the Project and such other insurance as is customarily carried by operators of other similar class office buildings in the city in which the Project is located, to the extent carried by Landlord in its discretion, and the deductible portion of any insured loss otherwise covered by such insurance; the cost of compensation, including employment, welfare and social security taxes, paid vacation days, disability, pension, medical and other fringe benefits of all persons (including independent contractors) who perform services connected with the operation, maintenance, repair or replacement of the Project; any association assessments, costs, dues and/or expenses relating to the Project, personal property taxes on and maintenance and repair of equipment and other personal property used in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; repair and replacement of window coverings provided by Landlord in the premises of tenants in the Project; such reasonable auditors’ fees and legal fees as are incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; administration fees; a property management fee (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager); the maintenance of any easements or ground leases benefiting the Project, whether by Landlord or by an independent contractor; a reasonable allowance for depreciation of personal property used in the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; all costs and expenses required by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or by applicable law, for any reason, including capital improvements, whether capitalized or not, and the cost of any capital improvements made to the Project by Landlord that improve life-safety systems or reduce operating expenses and the costs to replace items which Landlord would be obligated to maintain under the Lease (such costs to be amortized over such reasonable periods as Landlord shall reasonably determine together with interest thereon at the rate of ten percent per annum or such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of funding such improvements ); the cost of air conditioning, heating, ventilating, plumbing, elevator maintenance and repair (to include the replacement of components) and other mechanical and electrical systems repair and maintenance; sign maintenance; and Common Areas (defined below) repair, resurfacing, operation and maintenance; the reasonable cost for temporary lobby displays and events commensurate with the operation of a similar class building, and the cost of providing security services, if any, deemed appropriate by Landlord.

The following items shall be excluded from Operating Expenses:

(A) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements and other expenses incurred in connection with leasing, renovating or improving vacant space in the Project for tenants or prospective tenants of the Project;

(B) costs (including permit, license and inspection fees) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating, painting or redecorating space for tenants or vacant space;

(C) Landlord’s costs of any services sold to tenants for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by such tenants as an additional charge or rental over and above the Base Rent and Operating Expenses payable under the lease with such tenant or other occupant;

(D) any depreciation or amortization of the Project except as expressly permitted herein;

(E) costs incurred due to a violation of Law (defined below) by Landlord relating to the Project;

(F) interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgages or deeds of trust or any other debt for borrowed money;

(G) all items and services for which Tenant or other tenants reimburse Landlord outside of Operating Expenses;

(H) repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other work paid for through insurance or condemnation proceeds (excluding any deductible);

(I) legal expenses incurred for (i) negotiating lease terms for prospective tenants, (ii) negotiating termination or extension of leases with existing tenants, (iii) proceedings against any other specific tenant relating solely to the collection of rent or other sums due to Landlord from such tenant, or (iv) the development and/or construction of the Project; and

(J) repairs resulting from any defect in the original design or construction of the Project.

(d) In determining Operating Expenses, if any services or utilities are separately charged to tenants of the Project or others, Operating Expenses shall be adjusted by Landlord to reflect the amount of expense which would have been incurred for such services or utilities on a full time basis for normal Project operating hours. In the event (i) the Commencement Date shall be a date other than January 1, (ii) the date fixed for the expiration of the Lease Term shall be a date other than December 31, (iii) of any early termination of this Lease, or (iv) of any increase or decrease in the size of the Premises, then in each such event, an appropriate adjustment in the application of this Paragraph 3 shall, subject to the provisions of this Lease, be made to reflect such event on a basis determined by Landlord to be consistent with the principles underlying the provisions of this Paragraph 3 . In addition, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate and prorate some or all of the Operating Expenses among different tenants and/or different buildings of the Project and/or on a building-by-building basis (the “ Cost Pools ”). Such Cost Pools may include, without limitation, the office space tenants and retail space tenants of the buildings in the Project.

(e) The initial estimated amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for calendar year 2009 is the amount shown in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Within a reasonable period after the commencement of each calendar year of the Lease Term, Landlord shall give to Tenant a written estimate of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses for the Building and the Common Areas of the Building and Project for the then current year. Tenant shall pay such estimated amount to Landlord in equal monthly installments, in advance on the first day of each month. Within a reasonable period after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement indicating in reasonable detail the Operating Expenses for such period, and the parties shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, make any payment or allowance necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments to Tenant’s actual share of such Operating Expenses as indicated by such annual statement. Any payment due Landlord shall be payable by Tenant on demand from Landlord. Any amount due Tenant shall be credited against installments next becoming due under this Paragraph 3(e) or refunded to Tenant, if no further sums are due from Tenant.

(f) All capital levies or other taxes assessed or imposed on Landlord upon the rents payable to Landlord under this Lease and any excise, transaction, sales or privilege tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon such rents from the Premises and/or the Project or any portion thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly in estimated installments or upon demand, at the option of Landlord, as additional rent to be allocated to monthly Operating Expenses.

(g) Tenant shall pay on or before ten (10) days before delinquency, all taxes and assessments (i) levied against any personal property, Alterations, tenant improvements or trade fixtures of Tenant in or about the Premises, (ii) based upon this Lease or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in this Lease or an estate in all or any portion of the Premises, and (iii) levied for any business, professional, or occupational license fees. If any such taxes or assessments are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of the Project is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such personal property or trade fixtures, Tenant shall upon demand reimburse Landlord for the taxes and assessments so levied against Landlord, or such taxes, levies and assessments resulting from such increase in assessed value. To the extent that any such taxes are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced to Tenant by Landlord.

(h) Any delay or failure of Landlord in (i) delivering any estimate or statement described in this Paragraph 3 or (ii) computing or billing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses shall not constitute a waiver of its right to require an increase in Rent, or in any way impair the continuing obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 3 . In the event of any dispute as to any Additional Rent due under this Paragraph 3 , Tenant, an officer of Tenant or Tenant’s certified public accountant (but (a) in no event shall Tenant hire or employ an accounting firm or any other person to audit Landlord as set forth under this Paragraph who is compensated or paid for such audit on a contingency basis and (b) in the event Tenant hires or employs an independent party to perform such audit, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the engagement letter) shall have the right after reasonable notice and at reasonable times to inspect Landlord’s accounting records at Landlord’s accounting office. If, after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, upon Tenant’s written request therefor, a certification as to the proper amount of Operating Expenses and the amount due to or payable by Tenant shall be made by an independent certified public accountant mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree to an independent certified public accountant, then the parties agree that Landlord shall choose an independent certified public accountant to conduct the certification as to the proper amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses due by Tenant for the period in question; provided, however, such certified public accountant shall not be the accountant who conducted Landlord’s initial calculation of Operating Expenses to which Tenant is now objecting. Such certification shall be final and conclusive as to all parties. If the certification reflects that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for the period in question, then Landlord shall credit such excess to Tenant’s next payment of Operating Expenses or, at the request of Tenant, promptly refund such excess to Tenant and conversely, if Tenant has underpaid Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall promptly pay such additional Operating Expenses to Landlord. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such certification and the investigation with respect thereto and no adjustments in Tenant’s favor shall be made unless it is determined that Landlord’s original statement was in error in Landlord’s favor by more than five percent (5%). Tenant waives the right to dispute any matter relating to the calculation of Operating Expenses or Additional Rent under this Paragraph 3 if any claim or dispute is not asserted in writing to Landlord within ninety (90) days after delivery to Tenant of the original billing statement with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall maintain strict confidentiality of all of Landlord’s accounting records and shall not disclose the same to any other person or entity except for Tenant’s professional advisory representatives (such as Tenant’s employees, accountants, advisors, attorneys and consultants) with a need to know such accounting information, who agree to similarly maintain the confidentiality of such financial information.

(i) Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for the year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay any increase due over the estimated Operating Expenses paid, and conversely, any overpayment made by Tenant shall be promptly refunded to Tenant by Landlord, subject to offset for any amounts due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease.

(j) The Base Rent, Additional Rent, late fees, and other amounts required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are sometimes collectively referred to as, and shall constitute, “ Rent ”.

4. IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

(a) Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to accept the Premises from Landlord in its existing “AS- IS”, “WHERE-IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS” condition, and Landlord shall have no obligation to refurbish or otherwise improve the Premises throughout the Lease Term. Tenant may use the personal property located in the Premises which is listed on Exhibit E attached hereto during the Initial Term and the Extension Term. If Tenant extends the Initial Term for the Extension Term and is not in default of this Lease throughout the entire Lease Term, Tenant may, upon the expiration of the Extension Term, remove the furniture and equipment from the Premises but not any other items of personal property such as art work or vases. Tenant shall have no liability for the condition of the furniture or equipment at the end of the Lease Term.

(b) Any alterations, additions, or improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to proposed Alterations that (i) comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; (ii) are compatible with the Building and its mechanical, electrical, HVAC and life safety systems; (iii) will not interfere with the use and occupancy of any other portion of the Building by any other tenant or their invitees; (iv) do not affect the structural portions of the Building; and, (v) do not and will not, whether alone or taken together with other improvements, require the construction of any other improvements or alterations within the Building. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Laws and shall construct, at its sole cost and expense, any alteration or modification required by Laws as a result of any Alterations. All Alterations shall be constructed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in a first class and good and workmanlike manner by contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord and only good grades of materials shall be used. All plans and specifications for any Alterations shall be submitted to Landlord for its approval. Landlord may monitor construction of the Alterations and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any costs incurred by Landlord in monitoring such construction. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to see that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations. Without limiting the other grounds upon which Landlord may refuse to approve any contractor or subcontractor, Landlord may take into account the desirability of maintaining harmonious labor relations at the Project. Landlord may also require that all life safety related work and all mechanical, electrical, plumbing and roof related work be performed by contractors designated by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to instruct Tenant to remove those improvements or Alterations from the Premises which (i) were not approved in advance by Landlord, (ii) were not built in conformance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, or (iii) Landlord specified during its review of plans and specifications for Alterations would need to be removed by Tenant upon the expiration of this Lease. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove such Alterations at the expiration of this Lease. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval with respect to what improvements or Alterations Landlord may require Tenant to remove at the expiration of the Lease. If upon the termination of this Lease Landlord requires Tenant to remove any or all of such Alterations from the Premises, then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly remove such Alterations and improvements and Tenant shall repair and restore the Premises to its original condition as of the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Any Alterations remaining in the Premises following the expiration of the Lease Term or following the surrender of the Premises from Tenant to Landlord, shall become the property of Landlord unless Landlord notifies Tenant otherwise. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials, prior to beginning such construction, and Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall assure payment for the completion of all work free and clear of liens and shall provide certificates of insurance for worker’s compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for bodily injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations and upon Landlord’s reasonable request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did work on the Alterations and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors. Additionally, u pon completion of any Alteration, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, with a complete set of plans in reproducible form and specifications reflecting the actual conditions of the Alterations, together with a copy of such plans on diskette in the AutoCAD format or such other format as may then be in common use for computer assisted design purposes. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the reasonable costs of Landlord’s engineers and other consultants (but not Landlord’s on-site management personnel) for review of all plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations and for the incorporation of such Alterations in the Landlord’s master Building drawings, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of invoices either from Landlord or such consultants together with (in any event) an administrative charge of ten percent (10%) of the actual costs of such work. In addition to such costs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after completion of any Alterations, the actual, reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for services rendered by Landlord’s management personnel and engineers to coordinate and/or supervise any of the Alterations to the extent such services are provided in excess of or after the normal on-site hours of such engineers and management personnel.

(c) Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any and all liens arising out of any Alterations, work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or posting of a bond in a form and issued by a surety acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause such lien to be released by such means as it shall deem proper (including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to such lien); in such case, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all amounts so paid by Landlord in connection therewith, together with all of Landlord’s costs and expenses, with interest thereon at the Default Rate (defined below) and Tenant shall indemnify and defend each and all of the Landlord Indemnitees (defined below) against any damages, losses or costs arising out of any such claim. Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord contained in this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Such rights of Landlord shall be in addition to all other remedies provided herein or by law.

(d) NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS FURNISHED OR TO BE FURNISHED TO TENANT, OR TO ANYONE HOLDING THE PREMISES THROUGH OR UNDER TENANT, AND THAT NO MECHANICS’ OR OTHER LIENS FOR ANY SUCH LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS SHALL ATTACH TO OR AFFECT THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PREMISES.

(e) Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as a consent on the part of Landlord to subject the estate of Landlord to liability under the Construction Lien Law of the State of Florida, it being expressly understood that the Landlord’s estate shall not be subject to such liability. Tenant shall strictly comply with the Construction Lien Law of the State of Florida as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Tenant agrees to obtain and deliver to Landlord prior to the commencement of any work or Alterations or the delivery of any materials, written and unconditional waivers of contractors’ liens with respect to the Premises, the Building and the Project Common Areas for all work, service or materials to be furnished at the request or for the benefit of Tenant to the Premises, and any Notice of Commencement filed by Tenant shall contain, in bold print, the first sentence of this Paragraph 4(e). Such waivers shall be signed by all architects, engineers, designers, contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and laborers to become involved in such work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant at its expense shall cause any lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas of the Building or Project for work, services or materials claimed to have been furnished to or for the benefit of Tenant to be satisfied or transferred to bond within ten (10) days after Tenant’s having received notice thereof. In the event that Tenant fails to satisfy or transfer to bond such claim of lien within said ten (10) day period, Landlord may do so and thereafter charge Tenant as Additional Rent, all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the satisfaction or transfer of such claim, including attorneys fees. Further, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, and save the Landlord harmless from and against any damage to and loss incurred by Landlord as a result of any such contractor’s claim of lien. If so requested by Landlord, Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, shall execute a short form or memorandum of this Lease, which may, in Landlord’s sole discretion be recorded in the Public Records of the County in which the Premises is located for the purpose of protecting Landlord’s estate from contractors’ Claims of Lien, as provided in Chapter 713.10, Florida Statutes. In the event such short form or memorandum of this Lease is executed, Tenant shall simultaneously execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument in recordable form terminating Tenant’s interest in the real property upon which the Premises are located, which instrument may be recorded by Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease. The security deposit paid by Tenant may be used by Landlord for the satisfaction or transfer of any Contractor’s Claim of Lien, as provided in this Paragraph. This Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease.

5. REPAIRS

(a) Landlord’s obligation with respect to repair as part of Basic Services shall be limited to (i) the structural portions of the Building, (ii) the exterior walls of the Building, including, without limitation, glass and glazing, (iii) the roof, (iv) mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety systems [except for any lavatory, shower, toilet, wash basin and kitchen facilities that serve Tenant exclusively and any supplemental heating and air conditioning systems (including all plumbing connected to said facilities or systems)], and (v) Common Areas. Landlord shall not be deemed to have breached any obligation with respect to the condition of any part of the Project unless Tenant has given to Landlord written notice of any required repair and Landlord has not made such repair within a reasonable time following the receipt by Landlord of such notice. The foregoing notwithstanding: (i) Landlord shall not be required to repair damage to any of the foregoing to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or it agents, employees or contractors, except to the extent covered by insurance carried by Landlord; and (ii) the obligations of Landlord pertaining to damage or destruction by casualty shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 9. Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to undertake work of repair that Tenant is required to perform under this Lease and that Tenant fails or refuses to perform in a timely and efficient manner. All costs incurred by Landlord in performing any such repair for the account of Tenant shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand, together with an administration fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such costs. Except as expressly provided in Paragraph 9 of this Lease, there shall be no abatement of Rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

(b) Tenant, at its expense, (i) shall keep the Premises and all fixtures contained therein in a safe, clean and neat condition, and (ii) shall bear the cost of maintenance and repair, by contractors selected by Landlord, of all facilities which are not expressly required to be maintained or repaired by Landlord and which are located in the Premises, including, without limitation, lavatory, shower, toilet, wash basin and kitchen facilities, and supplemental heating and air conditioning systems (including all plumbing connected to said facilities or systems installed by or on behalf of Tenant or existing in the Premises at the time of Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant). Tenant shall make all repairs to the Premises not required to be made by Landlord under subparagraph (a) above with replacements of any materials to be made by use of materials of equal or better quality. Tenant shall do all decorating, remodeling, alteration and painting required by Tenant during the Lease Term. Tenant shall pay for the cost of any repairs to the Premises, the Building or the Project made necessary by any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its assignees, subtenants, employees or their respective agents, representatives, contractors, or other persons permitted in or invited to the Premises or the Project by Tenant. If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements within fifteen (15) days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord may at its option make such repairs or replacements, and Tenant shall upon demand pay Landlord for the cost thereof, together with an administration fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such costs .

(c) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in a safe, clean and neat condition, normal wear and tear excepted. Except as otherwise set forth in Paragraph 4(b) of this Lease, Tenant shall remove from the Premises all trade fixtures, furnishings and other personal property of Tenant and all computer and phone cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant, shall repair all damage caused by such removal, and shall restore the Premises to its original condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. In addition to all other rights Landlord may have, in the event Tenant does not so remove any such fixtures, furnishings or personal property, Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned the same, in which case Landlord may store or dispose of the same at Tenant’s expense, appropriate the same for itself, and/or sell the same in its discretion.

6. USE OF PREMISES

(a) Tenant shall use the Premises only for general office uses and shall not use the Premises or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose. Landlord shall have the right to deny its consent to any change in the permitted use of the Premises in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Premises, or permit any act or omission in or about the Premises in violation of any law, statute, ordinance or any governmental rule, regulation or order (collectively, “ Law ” or “ Laws ”) and Tenant shall, upon written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority to be a violation of Law. If any Law shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to (i) modification or other maintenance of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or (ii) the use, Alteration or occupancy thereof, Tenant shall comply with such Law at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. This Lease shall be subject to and Tenant shall comply with all financing documents encumbering the Building or the Project and all covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises, the Building or the Project, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s execution of any subordination agreements requested by a mortgagee (which for purposes of this Lease includes any lender or grantee under a deed of trust) of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

(c) Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Premises in violation of the certificates of occupancy issued for or restrictive covenants pertaining to the Building or the Premises, and in the event that any architectural control committee or department of the state or the city or county in which the Project is located shall at any time contend or declare that the Premises are used or occupied in violation of such certificate or certificates of occupancy or restrictive covenants, Tenant shall, upon five (5) days’ notice from Landlord or any such governmental agency, immediately discontinue such use of the Premises (and otherwise remedy such violation). The failure by Tenant to discontinue such use shall be considered a default under this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any and all rights and remedies provided herein or by Law. Any statement in this Lease of the nature of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a representation or guaranty by Landlord that such business is or will continue to be lawful or permissible under any certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises, or otherwise permitted by Law.

(d) Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which may invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, All Risk, Causes of Loss - Special Form or other insurance policy covering the Building, the Project and/or property located therein and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the appropriate fire codes and ordinances or any other organization performing a similar function. In addition to all other remedies of Landlord, Landlord may require Tenant, promptly upon demand, to reimburse Landlord for the full amount of any additional premiums charged for such policy or policies by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 6 .

(e) Tenant shall not in any way interfere with the rights or quiet enjoyment of other tenants or occupants of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall not place weight upon any portion of the Premises exceeding the structural floor load (per square foot of area) which such area was designated (and is permitted by Law) to carry or otherwise use any Building system in excess of its capacity or in any other manner which may damage such system or the Building. Tenant shall not create within the Premises a working environment with a density of greater than the lesser of (i) five (5) persons per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area, or (ii) the maximum density permitted by Law. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in locations and in settings sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, on, upon or about the Premises, the Building or the Project.

(f) Tenant shall take all reasonable steps necessary to adequately secure the Premises from unlawful intrusion, theft, fire and other hazards, and shall keep and maintain any and all security devices in or on the Premises in good working order, including, but not limited to, exterior door locks for the Premises and smoke detectors and burglar alarms located within the Premises and shall cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the Project with respect to access control and other safety matters.

(g) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any (a) oil or any other petroleum-based substance, flammable substances, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or substances, toxic wastes or substances or any other wastes, materials or pollutants which (i) pose a hazard to the Project or to persons on or about the Project or (ii) cause the Project to be in violation of any Laws; (b) asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, or radon gas; (c) chemical, material or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous waste”, or “toxic substances” or words of similar import under any applicable local, state or federal law or under the regulations adopted or publications promulgated pursuant thereto, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §1801, et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §1251, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §6901, et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §300, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §2601, et seq.; the Federal Hazardous Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §1261, et seq.; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §651, et seq.; Chapters 373, 376 and 403, Florida Statutes and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto; (d) other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental authority or may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the occupants of the Project or the owners and/or occupants of property adjacent to or surrounding the Project, or any other Person coming upon the Project or adjacent property; and (e) other chemicals, materials or substances which may or could pose a hazard to the environment . The term “ Permitted Hazardous Materials ” shall mean Hazardous Materials which are contained in ordinary office supplies of a type and in quantities typically used in the ordinary course of business within executive offices of similar size in the comparable office buildings, but only if and to the extent that such supplies are transported, stored and used in full compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations and otherwise in a safe and prudent manner. Hazardous Materials which are contained in ordinary office supplies but which are transported, stored and used in a manner which is not in full compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations or which is not in any respect safe and prudent shall not be deemed to be “Permitted Hazardous Materials” for the purposes of this Lease.

(i) Tenant, its assignees, subtenants, and their respective agents, servants, employees, representatives and contractors (collectively referred to herein as “ Tenant Affiliates ”) shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises by Tenant or by Tenant Affiliates without the prior written consent of Landlord (which may be granted, conditioned or withheld in the sole discretion of Landlord), save and except only for Permitted Hazardous Materials, which Tenant or Tenant Affiliates may bring, store and use in reasonable quantities for their intended use in the Premises, but only in full compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations. On or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove from the Premises all Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, Permitted Hazardous Materials), regardless of whether such Hazardous Materials are present in concentrations which require removal under applicable laws, except to the extent that such Hazardous Materials were present in the Premises as of the Commencement Date and were not brought onto the Premises by Tenant or Tenant Affiliates.

(ii) Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and its Affiliates (defined below) harmless for, from and against any and all claims, actions, administrative proceedings (including informal proceedings), judgments, damages, punitive damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, interest or losses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, consultant fees, and expert fees, together with all other costs and expenses of any kind or nature that arise during or after the Lease Term directly or indirectly from or in connection with the presence, suspected presence, or release of any Hazardous Material in or into the air, soil, surface water or groundwater at, on, about, under or within the Premises, or any portion thereof caused by Tenant or Tenant Affiliates.

(iii) In the event any investigation or monitoring of site conditions or any clean-up, containment, restoration, removal or other remedial work (collectively, the “ Remedial Work ”) is required under any applicable federal, state or local Law, by any judicial order, or by any governmental entity as the result of operations or activities upon, or any use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises by Tenant or Tenant Affiliates, Landlord shall perform or cause to be performed the Remedial Work in compliance with such Law or order at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All Remedial Work shall be performed by one or more contractors, selected and approved by Landlord, and under the supervision of a consulting engineer, selected by Tenant and approved in advance in writing by Landlord. All costs and expenses of such Remedial Work shall be paid by Tenant, including, without limitation, the charges of such contractor(s), the consulting engineer, and Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with monitoring or review of such Remedial Work.

(iv) Each of the covenants and agreements of Tenant set forth in this Paragraph 6(g) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

7. UTILITIES AND SERVICES

(a) Landlord shall furnish, or cause to be furnished to the Premises, the utilities and services described in this Paragraph 7(a) (collectively the “ Basic Services ”):

(i) Cold water at those points of supply provided for general use of other tenants in the Building;

(ii) At such times as Landlord normally furnishes these services to other tenants in the Building and if provided in the region, central heat and air conditioning in season, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are considered by Landlord to be standard or as may be permitted or controlled by applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations;

(iii) Routine maintenance, repairs, structural and exterior maintenance (including, without limitation, exterior glass and glazing), painting and electric lighting service for all Common Areas of the Project in the manner and to the extent deemed by Landlord to be standard, subject to the limitation contained in Paragraph 5(a) above;

(iv) Janitorial service on a five (5) day week basis, excluding holidays; provided, however, if Tenant’s floor covering or other improvements require special treatment that has been requested by Tenant in writing, Tenant shall pay the additional cleaning cost attributable thereto as additional rent upon within fifteen (15) days following presentation of a statement therefor by Landlord;

(v) An electrical system to convey power delivered by public utility providers selected by Landlord in amounts sufficient for normal office operations as provided by Landlord in the Building but not to exceed the standard wattage allowance for the Building per square foot of Rentable Area during normal office hours (which includes an allowance for lighting of the Premises at the maximum wattage per square foot of Rentable Area permitted under applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations), provided that no single item of electrical equipment consumes more than 0.5 kilowatts at rated capacity or requires a voltage other than 120 volts, single phase; and

(vi) Public elevator service and a freight elevator serving the floors on which the Premises are situated, during hours designated by Landlord.

(b) Landlord shall provide to Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (and subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth) the following extra services (collectively the “ Extra Services ”):

(i) Such extra cleaning and janitorial services requested by Tenant, and agreed to by Landlord, for special improvements or Alterations;

(ii) Subject to Paragraph 7(d) below, additional air conditioning and ventilating capacity required by reason of any electrical, data processing or other equipment or facilities or services required to support the same, in excess of that typically provided by the Building;

(iii) Maintaining and replacing lamps, bulbs, and ballasts;

(iv) Heating, ventilation, air conditioning or extra electrical service provided by Landlord to Tenant (i) during hours other than Business Hours, (ii) on Saturdays, Sundays, or Holidays, said heating, ventilation and air conditioning or extra service to be furnished solely upon the prior written request of Tenant given with such advance notice as Landlord may reasonably require and Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s standard charge for overtime HVAC on an hourly basis, currently $45.00 per hour (two (2) hour minimum); and

(v) Any Basic Service in amounts determined by Landlord to exceed the amounts required to be provided above, but only if Landlord elects to provide such additional or excess service. Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of providing such additional services (or an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of such cost, if the actual cost is not readily ascertainable) together with an administration fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such cost, within ten (10) days following presentation of an invoice therefore by Landlord to Tenant. The cost chargeable to Tenant for all extra services shall constitute Additional Rent.

(c) Tenant agrees to cooperate fully at all times with Landlord and to comply with all regulations and requirements which Landlord may from time to time prescribe for the use of the utilities and Basic Services described herein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any other tenant, or its assignees, subtenants, employees, or their respective invitees, licensees, agents or other representatives to comply with such regulations and requirements. The term “ Business Hours ” shall be deemed to be Monday through Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., excepting Holidays. The term “ Holidays ” shall be deemed to mean and include New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

(d) If Tenant requires utilities or services in quantities greater than or at times other than that generally furnished by Landlord as set forth above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon receipt of a written statement therefor, Landlord’s charge for such use. In the event that Tenant shall require additional electric current, water or gas for use in the Premises and if, in Landlord’s judgment, such excess requirements cannot be furnished unless additional risers, conduits, feeders, switchboards and/or appurtenances are installed in the Building, subject to the conditions stated below, Landlord shall proceed to install the same at the sole cost of Tenant, payable upon demand in advance. The installation of such facilities shall be conditioned upon Landlord’s consent, and a determination that the installation and use thereof (i) shall be permitted by applicable Law and insurance regulations, (ii) shall not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or adversely affect the value of the Building or the Project, and (iii) shall not cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or interfere with or disturb other tenants in the Building. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord shall, upon reasonable prior notice by Tenant, furnish to the Premises additional elevator, heating, air conditioning and/or cleaning services upon such reasonable terms and conditions as shall be determined by Landlord, including payment of Landlord’s charge therefor. In the case of any additional utilities or services to be provided hereunder, Landlord may require a switch and metering system to be installed so as to measure the amount of such additional utilities or services. The cost of installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant upon demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to contract with any utility provider it deems appropriate to provide utilities to the Project.

(e) Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to, any damages, abatement or reduction of Rent, or other liability by reason of any failure to furnish any services or utilities described herein for any reason (other than Landlord’s sole negligence or willful misconduct), including, without limitation, when caused by accident, breakage, water leakage, flooding, repairs, Alterations or other improvements to the Project, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any character, governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inability to obtain electricity, water or fuel, or any other cause beyond Landlord’s control. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate with the energy conservation efforts of governmental agencies or utility suppliers. No such failure, stoppage or interruption of any such utility or service shall be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor shall the same relieve Tenant from any obligation to perform any covenant or agreement under this Lease. In the event of any failure, stoppage or interruption thereof, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to attempt to restore all services promptly. No representation is made by Landlord with respect to the adequacy or fitness of the Building’s ventilating, air conditioning or other systems to maintain temperatures as may be required for the operation of any computer, data processing or other special equipment of Tenant.

(f) Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make reasonable and nondiscriminatory modifications to the above standards for Basic Services and Extra Services.

(g) Except as is otherwise expressly provided in this Lease and except for emergencies and closures during or in anticipation of natural disasters such as hurricanes, the Building will be accessible to Tenant, its subtenants, agents, servants, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees (collectively, “Tenant’s Agents”) at all times during Business Hours, and Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Premises twenty four (24) hours per day each day of the year; Tenant’s Agents other than its employees shall have access to the Building after Normal Business Hours only in accordance with the security procedures adopted by Landlord from time to time for the Building and its parking garage.

8. NON -LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD; INSURANCE

(a) To the greatest extent permitted by Law, and except to the extent caused by Landlord’s sole negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord and its Affiliates shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage suffered by Tenant or to any person or property occurring or incurred in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project from any cause. Without limiting the foregoing, neither Landlord nor any of its partners, officers, trustees, affiliates, directors, employees, contractors, agents or representatives (collectively, “ Affiliates ”) shall be liable for and there shall be no abatement of Rent (except in the event of a casualty loss or a condemnation as set forth in Paragraph 9 and Paragraph 10 of this Lease) for (i) any damage to Tenant’s property stored with or entrusted to Affiliates of Landlord, (ii) loss of or damage to any property by theft or any other wrongful or illegal act, or (iii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or the Project or from the pipes, appliances, appurtenances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever or from the acts or omissions of other tenants, occupants or other visitors to the Building or the Project or from any other cause whatsoever, (iv) any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to the Building, whether within or outside of the Project, or (v) any latent or other defect in the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in the event of (i) the occurrence of a fire or accident in the Premises or in the Building, or (ii) the discovery of a defect therein or in the fixtures or equipment thereof. This Paragraph 8(a) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(b) To the greatest extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its designated property management company, and their respective partners, members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and all of their respective officers, trustees, directors, shareholders, employees, servants, partners, representatives, insurers and agents (collectively, “ Landlord Indemnitees ”) for, from and against all liabilities, claims, fines, penalties, costs, damages or injuries to persons, damages to property, losses, liens, causes of action, suits, judgments and expenses (including court costs, attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and costs of investigation), of any nature, kind or description of any person or entity, directly or indirectly arising out of, caused by, or resulting from (in whole or part) (1) Tenant’s construction of, or use, occupancy or enjoyment of, the Premises, (2) any activity, work or other things done, permitted or suffered by Tenant and its agents and employees in or about the Premises, (3) any breach or default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, (4) any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees, business invitees or licensees, or (5) any damage to Tenant’s property, or the property of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, business invitees or licensees, located in or about the Premises (collectively, “ Liabilities ”). This Paragraph 8(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(c) Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of any action, administrative or legal proceeding or investigation as to which this indemnification may apply, and Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall assume on behalf of each and every Landlord Indemnitee and conduct with due diligence and in good faith the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; provided, however, that any Landlord Indemnitee shall have the right, at its option, to be represented therein by advisory counsel of its own selection and at its own expense. In the event of failure by Tenant to fully perform in accordance with this Paragraph, Landlord, at its option, and without relieving Tenant of its obligations hereunder, may so perform, but all costs and expenses so incurred by Landlord in that event shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord, together with interest on the same from the date any such expense was paid by Landlord until reimbursed by Tenant, at the rate of interest provided to be paid on judgments, by the law of the jurisdiction to which the interpretation of this Lease is subject. The indemnification provided in Paragraph 8(b) shall not be limited to damages, compensation or benefits payable under insurance policies, workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employees’ benefit acts.

(d) Insurance .

(i) Tenant at all times during the Lease Term shall, at its own expense, keep in full force and effect (A) commercial general liability insurance providing coverage against bodily injury and disease, including death resulting therefrom and property damage to a combined single limit of $1,000,000 to one or more than one person as the result of any one accident or occurrence, which shall include provision for contractual liability coverage insuring Tenant for the performance of its indemnity obligations set forth in this Paragraph 8 and in Paragraph 6(g)(ii) of this Lease, with an Excess Limits (Umbrella) Policy in the amount of $5,000,000, (B) worker’s compensation insurance to the statutory limit, if any, and employer’s liability insurance to the limit of $500,000 per occurrence, and (C) All Risk or Causes of Loss - Special Form property insurance, including fire and extended coverage, sprinkler leakage (including earthquake, sprinkler leakage), vandalism, malicious mischief, wind and/or hurricane coverage, and earthquake and flood coverage, covering full replacement value of all of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and improvements in the Premises. Landlord and its designated property management firm shall be named an additional insured on each of said policies (excluding the worker’s compensation policy) and said policies shall be issued by an insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the State and which have policyholder ratings not lower than “A-” and financial ratings not lower than “VII” in Best’s Insurance Guide (latest edition in effect as of the Effective Date and subsequently in effect as of the date of renewal of the required policies). EACH OF SAID POLICIES SHALL ALSO INCLUDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION PROVISION OR ENDORSEMENT IN FAVOR OF LANDLORD, AND AN ENDORSEMENT PROVIDING THAT LANDLORD SHALL RECEIVE THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE OF ANY CANCELLATION OF, NONRENEWAL OF, REDUCTION OF COVERAGE OR MATERIAL CHANGE IN COVERAGE ON SAID POLICIES. Tenant hereby waives its right of recovery against any Landlord Indemnitee of any amounts paid by Tenant or on Tenant’s behalf to satisfy applicable worker’s compensation laws. The policies or duly executed certificates showing the material terms for the same, together with satisfactory evidence of the payment of the premiums therefor, shall be deposited with Landlord on the date Tenant first occupies the Premises and upon renewals of such policies not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. If certificates are supplied rather than the policies themselves, Tenant shall allow Landlord, at all reasonable times, to inspect the policies of insurance required herein.

(ii) It is expressly understood and agreed that the coverages required represent Landlord’s minimum requirements and such are not to be construed to void or limit Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease, including without limitation Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder. Neither shall (A) the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying Tenant, (B) the failure of any insurance company to pay claims occurring nor (C) any exclusion from or insufficiency of coverage be held to affect, negate or waive any of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Paragraph 8 and Paragraph 6(g)(ii) or any other provision of this Lease. With respect to insurance coverages, except worker’s compensation, maintained hereunder by Tenant and insurance coverages separately obtained by Landlord, all insurance coverages afforded by policies of insurance maintained by Tenant shall be primary insurance as such coverages apply to Landlord, and such insurance coverages separately maintained by Landlord shall be excess, and Tenant shall have its insurance policies so endorsed. The amount of liability insurance under insurance policies maintained by Tenant shall not be reduced by the existence of insurance coverage under policies separately maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any premiums, assessments, penalties, deductible assumptions, retentions, audits, retrospective adjustments or any other kind of payment due under its policies. Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance or the insurance coverages as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time, but not in excess of the requirements of prudent landlords or lenders for similar tenants occupying similar premises in the Boca Raton, Florida metropolitan area.

(iii) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises without delivering the certificates of insurance shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations to provide the required coverages. If Tenant provides to Landlord a certificate that does not evidence the coverages required herein, or that is faulty in any respect, such shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations to provide the proper insurance

(iv) Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord agrees to maintain (i) fire and extended coverage insurance, and, at Landlord’s option, earthquake damage coverage, terrorism coverage, wind and hurricane coverage, and such additional property insurance coverage as Landlord deems appropriate, on the insurable portions of Building and the remainder of the Project in an amount not less than the fair replacement value thereof, subject to reasonable deductibles (ii) boiler and machinery insurance amounts and with deductibles that would be considered standard for similar class office building in the metropolitan area in which the Premises is located, and (iii) commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. All such insurance shall be obtained from insurers Landlord reasonably believes to be financially responsible in light of the risks being insured. The premiums for any such insurance shall be a part of Operating Expenses.

(e) Mutual Waivers of Recovery . Landlord, Tenant, and all parties claiming under them, each mutually release and discharge each other from responsibility for that portion of any loss or damage paid or reimbursed by an insurer of Landlord or Tenant under any fire, extended coverage or other property insurance policy maintained by Tenant with respect to its Premises or by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Project (or which would have been paid had the insurance required to be maintained hereunder been in full force and effect), no matter how caused, including negligence, and each waives any right of recovery from the other including, but not limited to, claims for contribution or indemnity, which might otherwise exist on account thereof. Any fire, extended coverage or property insurance policy maintained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, or Landlord with respect to the Building or the Project, shall contain, in the case of Tenant’s policies, a waiver of subrogation provision or endorsement in favor of Landlord, and in the case of Landlord’s policies, a waiver of subrogation provision or endorsement in favor of Tenant, or, in the event that such insurers cannot or shall not include or attach such waiver of subrogation provision or endorsement, Tenant and Landlord shall obtain the approval and consent of their respective insurers, in writing, to the terms of this Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless each and all of the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any claim, suit or cause of action asserted or brought by Tenant’s insurers for, on behalf of, or in the name of Tenant, including, but not limited to, claims for contribution, indemnity or subrogation, brought in contravention of this paragraph. The mutual releases, discharges and waivers contained in this provision shall apply EVEN IF THE LOSS OR DAMAGE TO WHICH THIS PROVISION APPLIES IS CAUSED SOLELY OR IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD OR TENANT.

(f) Business Interruption . Landlord shall not be responsible for, and Tenant releases and discharges Landlord and its Affiliates from, and Tenant further waives any right of recovery from Landlord and its Affiliates for, any loss for or from business interruption or loss of use of the Premises suffered by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, UNLESS SUCH LOSS IS CAUSED SOLELY OR IN PART BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILFULL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR ITS AFFILIATES.

(g) Adjustment of Claims . Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s insurers in the adjustment of any insurance claim pertaining to the Building or the Project or Landlord’s use thereof.

(h) Increase in Landlord ’s Insurance Costs . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord any increase in premiums for Landlord’s insurance policies resulting from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

(i) Failure to Maintain Insurance . Any failure of Tenant to obtain and maintain the insurance policies and coverages required hereunder or failure by Tenant to meet any of the insurance requirements of this Lease shall constitute an event of default hereunder, and such failure shall entitle Landlord to pursue, exercise or obtain any of the remedies provided for in Paragraph 12(b) , and Tenant shall be solely responsible for any loss suffered by Landlord as a result of such failure. In the event of failure by Tenant to maintain the insurance policies and coverages required by this Lease or to meet any of the insurance requirements of this Lease, Landlord, at its option, and without relieving Tenant of its obligations hereunder, may obtain said insurance policies and coverages or perform any other insurance obligation of Tenant, but all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining such insurance or performing Tenant’s insurance obligations shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord, together with interest on same from the date any such cost or expense was paid by Landlord until reimbursed by Tenant, at the rate of interest provided to be paid on judgments, by the law of the jurisdiction to which the interpretation of this Lease is subject.

9. FIRE OR CASUALTY

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 9 , in the event the Premises, or access thereto, is wholly or partially destroyed by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall (to the extent permitted by Law and covenants, conditions and restrictions then applicable to the Project) rebuild, repair or restore the Premises and access thereto to substantially the same condition as existing immediately prior to such destruction (excluding Tenant’s Alterations, trade fixtures, equipment and personal property, which Tenant shall be required to restore) and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Landlord’s obligation to rebuild, repair or restore the Premises shall not apply to any personal property, above-standard tenant improvements or other items installed or contained in the Premises, and (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to rebuild, repair or restore the Premises with respect to any damage or destruction occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease or any extension of the term.

(b) Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease in any of the following cases of damage or destruction to the Premises, the Building or the Project: (i) where the cost of rebuilding, repairing and restoring (collectively, “ Restoration ”) of the Building or the Project, would, regardless of the lack of damage to the Premises or access thereto, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, exceed twenty percent (20%) of the then replacement cost of the Building; (ii) where, in the case of any damage or destruction to any portion of the Building or the Project by uninsured casualty, the cost of Restoration of the Building or the Project, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, exceeds $500,000; or (iii) where, in the case of any damage or destruction to the Premises or access thereto by uninsured casualty, the cost of Restoration of the Premises or access thereto, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the replacement cost of the Premises; or (iv) if Landlord has not obtained appropriate zoning approvals for reconstruction of the Project, Building or Premises. Any such termination shall be made by thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant given within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of such damage or destruction. If this Lease is not terminated by Landlord and as the result of any damage or destruction, the Premises, or a portion thereof, are rendered untenantable, the Base Rent shall abate reasonably during the period of Restoration (based upon the extent to which such damage and Restoration materially interfere with Tenant’s business in the Premises). This Lease shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage to or destruction of the Premises, the Building or the Project. This Lease sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction.

10. EMINENT DOMAIN

In the event the whole of the Premises, the Building or the Project shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold to prevent the exercise thereof (collectively, a “ Taking ”), this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such Taking. In the event a Taking of a portion of the Project, the Building or the Premises shall, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, substantially interfere with Landlord’s operation thereof, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant given at any time within sixty (60) days following the date of such Taking. For purposes of this Lease, the date of Taking shall be the earlier of the date of transfer of title resulting from such Taking or the date of transfer of possession resulting from such Taking. In the event that a portion of the Premises is so taken and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall, to the extent of proceeds paid to Landlord as a result of the Taking, with reasonable diligence, use commercially reasonable efforts to proceed to restore (to the extent permitted by Law and covenants, conditions and restrictions then applicable to the Project) the Premises (other than Tenant’s personal property and fixtures, and above-standard tenant improvements) to a complete, functioning unit. In such case, the Base Rent shall be reduced proportionately based on the portion of the Premises so taken. If all or any portion of the Premises is the subject of a temporary Taking, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall continue to perform each of its obligations under this Lease; in such case, Tenant shall be entitled to receive the entire award allocable to the temporary Taking of the Premises. Except as provided herein, Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for, and hereby assigns to Landlord, any compensation in connection with any such Taking, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award therefor, without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 10 shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in, or prevent Tenant from seeking any award against the condemning authority for the Taking of personal property, fixtures, above standard tenant improvements of Tenant or for relocation or moving expenses recoverable by Tenant from the condemning authority. This Paragraph 10 shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a Taking. This Lease sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of a Taking.

11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

(a) Tenant shall not directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, assign, sublet, mortgage or otherwise encumber all or any portion of its interest in this Lease or in the Premises or grant any license for any person other than Tenant or its employees to use or occupy the Premises or any part thereof without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any such attempted assignment, subletting, license, mortgage, other encumbrance or other use or occupancy without the consent of Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, be null and void and of no effect. Any mortgage or encumbrance of all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises and any grant of a license for any person other than Tenant or its employees to use or occupy the Premises or any part thereof shall be deemed to be an “assignment” of this Lease. In addition, as used in this Paragraph 11 , the term “Tenant” shall also mean any entity that has guaranteed Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and the restrictions applicable to Tenant contained herein shall also be applicable to such guarantor.

(b) No assignment or subletting shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the Rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any subletting or assignment. Consent by Landlord to one subletting or assignment shall not be deemed to constitute a consent to any other or subsequent attempted subletting or assignment. If Tenant desires at any time to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord all pertinent information relating to the proposed assignee or sublessee, all pertinent information relating to the proposed assignment or sublease, and all such financial information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the Tenant and proposed assignee or subtenant. Any assignment or sublease shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

(c) At any time within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the information specified in subparagraph (b) above, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises so proposed to be subleased or assigned (which may include all of the Premises), with a proportionate abatement in the Rent payable hereunder.

(d) Tenant acknowledges that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed assignment or sublease in any of the following instances:

(i) The assignee or sublessee (or any affiliate of the assignee or sublessee) is not, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, sufficiently creditworthy to perform the obligations such assignee or sublessee will have under this Lease;

(ii) The intended use of the Premises by the assignee or sublessee is not for general office use;

(iii) The intended use of the Premises by the assignee or sublessee would materially increase the pedestrian or vehicular traffic to the Premises or the Building;

(iv) Occupancy of the Premises by the assignee or sublessee would, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, violate any agreement binding upon Landlord, the Building or the Project with regard to the identity of tenants, usage in the Building, or similar matters;

(v) The assignee or sublessee (or any affiliate of the assignee or sublessee) is then negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord within the previous six (6) months, or is a current tenant or subtenant within the Building or Project;

(vi) The identity or business reputation of the assignee or sublessee will, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, tend to damage the goodwill or reputation of the Building or Project;

(vii) the proposed sublease would result in more than two subleases of portions of the Premises being in effect at any one time during the Lease Term; or

(viii) In the case of a sublease, the subtenant has not acknowledged that the Lease controls over any inconsistent provision in the sublease.

(e) The foregoing criteria shall not exclude any other reasonable basis for Landlord to refuse its consent to such assignment or sublease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed assignee or sublessee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld its consent to a proposed assignment or sublease or otherwise has breached its obligations under this Paragraph 11 , their sole remedy shall be to seek a declaratory judgment and/or injunctive relief without any monetary damages, and, with respect thereto, Tenant, on behalf of itself and, to the extent permitted by law, such proposed assignee/sublessee, hereby waives all other remedies against Landlord, including, without limitation, the right to seek monetary damages or to terminate this Lease.

(f) If any Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other entity that is not publicly traded on a recognized national stock exchange, any transaction or series of related or unrelated transactions (including, without limitation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, any withdrawal or admission of a partner or change in a partner’s interest, or any issuance, sale, gift, transfer or redemption of any capital stock of or ownership interest in such entity, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, or any combination of any of the foregoing transactions) resulting in the transfer of control of such Tenant, shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 11 . The term “control” as used in this Paragraph 11(f) means the power to directly or indirectly direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of Tenant. Any transfer of control of a subtenant which is a corporation or other entity shall be deemed an assignment of any sublease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 11(e) , if the original Tenant under this Lease is a corporation, partnership or other entity, a change or series of changes in ownership of stock or other ownership interests which would result in direct or indirect change in ownership of less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock of or other ownership interests in such Tenant as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Lease shall not be considered a change of control.

(g) Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times during the Initial Term and any subsequent renewals or extensions remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. In the event that the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment, plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto) exceeds the Rent payable under this Lease, then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord, as additional rent hereunder, one- half of all such excess Rent and other excess consideration within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant.

(h) If this Lease is assigned or if the Premises is subleased (whether in whole or in part), or in the event of the mortgage or pledge of Tenant’s leasehold interest, or grant of any concession or license within the Premises, or if the Premises are occupied in whole or in part by anyone other than Tenant, then upon a default by Tenant hereunder Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee, sublessee, mortgagee, pledgee, concessionee or licensee or other occupant and, except to the extent set forth in the preceding paragraph, apply the amount collected to the next Rent payable hereunder; and all such Rent collected by Tenant shall be held in deposit for Landlord and immediately forwarded to Landlord. No such transaction or collection of Rent or application thereof by Landlord, however, shall be deemed a waiver of these provisions or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of its covenants, duties, or obligations hereunder.

(i) If Tenant effects an assignment or sublease or requests the consent of Landlord to any proposed assignment or sublease, then Tenant shall, upon demand, pay Landlord a non-refundable administrative fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00), plus any reasonable attorneys’ and paralegal fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease or request for consent. Acceptance of the One Thousand Dollar ($1,000.00) administrative fee and/or reimbursement of Landlord’s attorneys’ and paralegal fees shall in no event obligate Landlord to consent to any proposed assignment or sublease.

(j) Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in the event this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute the property of Tenant or Tenant’s estate within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. All such money and other consideration not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord.

(k) The joint and several liability of the Tenant named herein and any immediate and remote successor-in-interest of Tenant (by assignment or otherwise), and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed, shall not in any way be discharged, released or impaired by any (a) agreement that modifies any of the rights or obligations of the parties under this Lease, (b) stipulation that extends the time within which an obligation under this Lease is to be performed, (c) waiver of the performance of an obligation required under this Lease, or (d) failure to enforce any of the obligations set forth in this Lease.

(l) If Tenant is any form of partnership, a withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law of any partner, or the dissolution of the partnership, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment. If Tenant consists of more than one (1) person, a purported assignment, voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law from one (1) person to the other shall be deemed a voluntary assignment. If Tenant is a corporation or limited liability entity, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or sale or other transfer of a controlling percentage of the ownership interest of Tenant, or the sale of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed a voluntary assignment.

12. DEFAULT

(a) Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “event of default” or “default” (herein so called) under this Lease by Tenant: (i) Tenant shall fail to pay Rent or any other rental or sums payable by Tenant hereunder within five (5) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of such nonpayment; provided, however, Landlord shall only be obligated to provide such written notice to Tenant one (1) time within any calendar year and in the event Tenant fails to timely pay Rent or any other sums for a second time during any calendar year, then Tenant shall be in default for such late payment and Landlord shall have no obligation or duty to provide notice of such non-payment to Tenant prior to declaring an event of default under this Lease; (ii) the failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than monetary failures as specified in Paragraph 12(a)(i) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, which completion shall occur not later than sixty (60) days from the date of such notice from Landlord; (iii) the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereof of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor hereof of a petition to have Tenant or any guarantor hereof adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or any guarantor hereof, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days), (v) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or of substantially all of guarantor’s assets, where possession is not restored to Tenant or guarantor within sixty (60) days, (vi) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of substantially all of guarantor’s assets or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within sixty (60) days; (vii) any material representation or warranty made by Tenant or guarantor in this Lease or any other document delivered in connection with the execution and delivery of this Lease or pursuant to this Lease proves to be incorrect in any material respect; (viii) Tenant or guarantor shall be liquidated or dissolved or shall begin proceedings towards its liquidation or dissolution; or (ix) the vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant in excess of five (5) business days.

(b) Landlord ’s Remedies; Termination . In the event of any event of default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord may at its option pursue any one or more of the following remedies, without any notice or demand to the extent permitted by Law:

(i) commence dispossessory proceedings with or without the termination of this Lease. Tenant shall remain liable for the payment of all Rent accruing after any writ of possession as to the Premises is issued to Landlord;

(ii) terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease. Upon any such termination of Tenant’s right to possession only without termination of the Lease, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into the Premises, remove Tenant’s signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession thereof as provided below, without such entry and possession terminating the Lease or releasing Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent including any amounts treated as Additional Rent, hereunder for the full Lease Term. In any such case, Tenant shall pay forthwith to Landlord, if and when Landlord so elects, a sum equal to the discounted then present value of the Rent (using a discount rate equal to the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta at the time of the calculation plus one percent (1%) (the “ Discount Rate ”)), including any amounts treated as Additional Rent hereunder (calculated for this purpose only in an amount equal to the Additional Rent payable during the calendar year most recently ended prior to the occurrence of such event of default), and other sums provided herein to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the stated Lease Term hereof, discounted to present value using the Discount Rate. The payment of the foregoing amounts shall not constitute payment of Rent in advance for the remainder of the Lease Term. Instead, such sum shall be paid as agreed liquidated damages and not as a penalty; the parties agree that it is difficult or impossible to calculate the damages which Landlord will suffer as a result of Tenant’s default, and this provision is intended to provide a reasonable estimate of such damages. If Landlord pursues the remedy described in this subparagraph (ii), Tenant waives any right to assert that Landlord’s actual damages are less than the amount calculated under this subparagraph (ii), and Landlord waives any right to assert that its damages are greater than the amount calculated under this subparagraph (ii). Upon the receipt from Tenant of the sum required to be paid pursuant to this subparagraph, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises. Upon making such payment and after Landlord has received in full the balance of the Rent and other sums it would have received over the remainder of the Lease Term ( i.e. , the difference between face amount of Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder for the entire Lease Term and the discounted amount paid to Landlord by Tenant), together with the reimbursement or payment of any sums expended by Landlord on account of the cost of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating, and Landlord’s expenses of reletting and collection of the rental accruing therefrom (including attorney’s fees and broker’s commissions), Tenant shall receive from Landlord all Base Rent received by Landlord from other tenants on account of the Premises during the Lease Term hereof, provided that the amounts to which Tenant shall become so entitled shall in no event exceed the entire amount actually paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this subparagraph (b)(ii). In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any rental received by Landlord in excess of the amounts due by Tenant hereunder;

(iii) commence proceedings against Tenant for all amounts owed by Tenant to Landlord, whether as Base Rent, Additional Rent, damages or otherwise;

(iv) terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. Tenant agrees to pay on demand the amount of all loss and damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of the termination of the Lease Term under this Paragraph or otherwise, including, without limitation, an amount which, at the date of such termination, is calculated as follows: (aa) the value of the excess, if any, of (1) a sum equal to the discounted then present value of the Base Rent and any amounts treated as Additional Rent hereunder (calculated for this purpose only in an amount equal to the Additional Rent payable during the calendar year most recently ended prior to the occurrence of such Event of Default), and other sums provided herein to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the stated Lease Term hereof, over (2) the aggregate reasonable rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the stated Lease Term hereof, which excess, if any, shall be discounted to present value using the Discount Rate; plus (bb) the costs of recovering possession of the Premises and all other expenses incurred by Landlord due to Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees; plus (cc) the unpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent earned as of the date of termination plus any interest and late fees due hereunder, plus amounts expressly owing on the date of termination by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease or in connection with the Premises. The amount as calculated above shall be deemed immediately due and payable. The payment of the amount calculated in subparagraph (iv)(aa) above shall not constitute payment of Rent in advance for the remainder of the Lease Term. Instead, such sum shall be paid as agreed liquidated damages and not as a penalty; the parties agree that it is difficult or impossible to calculate the damages which Landlord will suffer as a result of Tenant’s default, and this provision is intended to provide a reasonable estimate of such damages. If Landlord pursues the remedy described in this subparagraph (iv), Tenant waives any right to assert that Landlord’s actual damages are less than the amount calculated under this subparagraph (iv), and Landlord waives any right to assert that its damages are greater than the amount calculated under this subparagraph (iv). In determining the aggregate reasonable rental value pursuant to subparagraph (iv)(aa)(2) above, the parties hereby agree that, at the time Landlord seeks to enforce this remedy, all relevant factors should be considered, including, but not limited to, (1) the length of time remaining in the Lease Term, (2) the then current market conditions in the general area in which the Building is located, (3) the likelihood of reletting the Premises for a period of time equal to the remainder of the Lease Term, (4) the net effective rental rates then being obtained by landlords for similar type space of similar size in similar type buildings in the general area in which the Building is located, (5) the vacancy levels in the general area in which the Building is located, (6) current levels of new construction that will be completed during the remainder of the Lease Term and how this construction will likely affect vacancy rates and rental rates, and (7) inflation. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with enforcing this Lease;

(v) terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease. Upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession only, without termination of the Lease, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into the Premises, remove Tenant’s signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession thereof as provided below, without such entry and possession terminating this Lease or releasing Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent, including any amounts treated as Additional Rent, hereunder for the full Lease Term. In any such case, Landlord may relet the Premises on behalf of Tenant for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term) and on such terms and conditions (which may include concessions of free rent and alteration, repair and improvement of the Premises) as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine and receive directly the Rent by reason of the reletting. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord on demand any deficiency that may arise by reason of any reletting of the Premises. Tenant further agrees to reimburse Landlord upon demand for any expenditure made by it for remodeling or repairing in order to relet the Premises and for all other expenses incurred in connection with such reletting (including without limitation attorney’s fees and brokerage commissions). Landlord shall have no obligation to relet the Premises or any part thereof and shall in no event be liable for failure to relet the Premises or any part thereof, or, in the event of any such reletting, for refusal or failure to collect any rent due upon such reletting. No such refusal or failure shall operate to relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. Tenant shall instead remain liable for all Rent and for all such expenses;

(vi) enter upon and take possession of the Premises, without being liable for prosecution of any claim for damages or for trespass or other tort. Landlord may remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed, stored and/or disposed of pursuant to Paragraph 5(c) of this Lease or any other procedures permitted by Law;

(vii) do or cause to be done whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease, in which case Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any and all costs or expenses which Landlord may thereby incur. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph, whether caused by the negligence of Landlord or otherwise; and

(viii) enforce the performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder by injunction or other equitable relief (which remedy may be exercised upon any breach or default or any threatened breach or default of Tenant’s obligations hereunder).

(c) Landlord ’s Remedies; Re -Entry Rights . No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 12(c) , and no acceptance of surrender of the Premises or other action on Landlord’s part, shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d) Landlord ’s Right to Perform . Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Lease, all covenants and agreements by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement or offset of Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money (other than Base Rent) or perform any other act on its part to be paid or performed hereunder and such failure shall continue for three (3) days with respect to monetary obligations (or ten (10) days with respect to non-monetary obligations, except in case of emergencies, in which such case, such shorter period of time as is reasonable under the circumstances) after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations, make such payment or perform such other act on behalf of Tenant. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs incurred by Landlord in performing such other acts shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days after demand therefor as Additional Rent.

(e) Interest . If any monthly installment of Rent or Operating Expenses, or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord by the date when due, it shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date due until paid. All interest, and any late charges imposed pursuant to Paragraph 12(f) below, shall be considered Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease. The term “ Default Rate ” as used in this Lease shall mean the lesser of (A) the rate announced from time to time by Wells Fargo Bank or, if Wells Fargo Bank ceases to exist or ceases to publish such rate, then the rate announced from time to time by the largest (as measured by deposits) chartered bank operating in the State, as its “prime rate” or “reference rate”, plus five percent (5%), or (B) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Law.

(f) Late Charges . Tenant acknowledges that, in addition to interest costs, the late payments by Tenant to Landlord of any monthly installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such other costs include, without limitation, processing, administrative and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust or related loan documents encumbering the Premises, the Building or the Project. Accordingly, if any monthly installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord by the due date thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue amount as a late charge, but in no event more than the maximum late charge allowed by law. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any late payment as hereinabove referred to by Tenant, and the payment of late charges and interest are distinct and separate in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for the use of Landlord’s money by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for Landlord’s processing, administrative and other costs incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s delinquent payments. Acceptance of a late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity now or hereafter in effect.

(g) Rights and Remedies Cumulative . All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Paragraph 12 and elsewhere in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law or in equity, whether or not stated in this Lease. Nothing in this Paragraph 12 shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease.

(h) Tenant ’s Waiver of Redemption . Tenant hereby waives and surrenders for itself and all those claiming under it, including creditors of all kinds, (i) any right and privilege which it or any of them may have under any present or future law to redeem any of the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease after termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of occupancy or possession pursuant to any court order or any provision hereof, and (ii) the benefits of any present or future law which exempts property from liability for debt or for distress for Rent.

(i) Costs Upon Default and Litigation . Tenant shall pay to Landlord and its mortgagees as Additional Rent all the expenses incurred by Landlord or its mortgagees in connection with any default by Tenant hereunder or the exercise of any remedy by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. If Landlord or its mortgagees shall be made a party to any litigation commenced against Tenant or any litigation pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, at the option of Landlord and/or its mortgagees, Tenant, at its expense, shall provide Landlord and/or its mortgagees with counsel approved by Landlord and/or its mortgagees and shall pay all costs incurred or paid by Landlord and/or its mortgagees in connection with such litigation.

13. ACCESS; CONSTRUCTION

Landlord reserves from the leasehold estate hereunder, in addition to all other rights reserved by Landlord under this Lease, the right to use the roof and exterior walls of the Premises and the area beneath, adjacent to and above the Premises. Landlord also reserves the right to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate equipment, machinery, meters, pipes, ducts, plumbing, conduits and wiring through the Premises, which serve other portions of the Building or the Project in a manner and in locations which do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. In addition, Landlord shall have free access to any and all mechanical installations of Landlord or Tenant, including, without limitation, machine rooms, telephone rooms and electrical closets. Tenant agrees that there shall be no construction of partitions or other obstructions which materially interfere with or which threaten to materially interfere with Landlord’s free access thereto, or materially interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing said installations. Landlord shall at all reasonable times, during normal business hours and after reasonable written or oral notice, have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply janitorial service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants, to post notices of non-responsibility, to alter, improve, restore, rebuild or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building, or to do any other act permitted or contemplated to be done by Landlord hereunder, all without being deemed guilty of an eviction of Tenant and without liability for abatement of Rent or otherwise. For such purposes, Landlord may also erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed. Landlord shall conduct all such inspections and/or improvements, alterations and repairs so as to minimize, to the extent reasonably practical and without material additional expense to Landlord, any interruption of or interference with the business of Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of such purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, access to which shall be provided by Tenant upon Landlord’s reasonable request). Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises or any portion thereof, and Landlord shall have the right, at any time during the Lease Term, to provide whatever access control measures it deems reasonably necessary to the Project and/or Building, without any interruption or abatement in the payment of Rent by Tenant. Any entry into the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of such means shall not under any circumstances be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or any eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, Alterations or decorations to the Premises or the Project except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

14. BANKRUPTCY

(a) If at any time on or before the Commencement Date there shall be filed by or against Tenant in any court, tribunal, administrative agency or any other forum having jurisdiction, pursuant to any applicable law, either of the United States or of any state, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or conservator of all or a portion of Tenant’s property, or if Tenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, this Lease shall ipso facto be canceled and terminated and in such event neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any applicable law or by an order of any court, tribunal, administrative agency or any other forum having jurisdiction, shall be entitled to possession of the Premises and Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies given by Paragraph 12 hereof or by virtue of any other provision contained in this Lease or by virtue of any applicable law, may retain as damages any Rent, Security Deposit or moneys received by it from Tenant or others on behalf of Tenant.

(b) If, after the Commencement Date, or if at any time during the term of this Lease, there shall be filed against Tenant in any court, tribunal, administrative agency or any other forum having jurisdiction, pursuant to any applicable law, either of the United States or of any state, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or conservator of all or a portion of Tenant’s property, and the same is not dismissed after sixty (60) calendar days, or if Tenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, this Lease, at the option of Landlord exercised within a reasonable time after notice of the happening of any one or more of such events, may be canceled and terminated and in such event neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any statute or of an order of any court shall be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the Premises, but shall forthwith quit and surrender the Premises, and Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies granted by Paragraph 12 hereof or by virtue of any other provision contained in this Lease or by virtue of any applicable law, may retain as damages any Rent, Security Deposit or moneys received by it from Tenant or others on behalf of Tenant.

15. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

16. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

(a) Tenant agrees that this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to any and all deeds to secure debt, deeds of trust, security interests, mortgages, master leases, ground leases or other security documents and any and all modifications, renewals, extensions, consolidations and replacements thereof (collectively, “ Security Documents ”) which now or hereafter constitute a lien upon or affect the Project, the Building or the Premises. Such subordination shall be effective without the necessity of the execution by Tenant of any additional document for the purpose of evidencing or effecting such subordination. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such Security Documents to this Lease and in such case, in the event of the termination or transfer of Landlord’s estate or interest in the Project by reason of any termination or foreclosure of any such Security Documents, Tenant shall, notwithstanding such subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor-in-interest to Landlord at the option of such successor-in- interest. Furthermore, Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days of demand therefor execute any instruments or other documents which may be required by Landlord or the holder of any Security Document and specifically shall execute, acknowledge and deliver within fifteen (15) days of demand therefor a subordination of lease or subordination of deed of trust or mortgage, in the form required by the holder of the Security Document requesting the document; the failure to do so by Tenant within such time period shall be a material default hereunder; provided, however, the new landlord or the holder of any Security Document shall agree that Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises shall not be disturbed as long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease.

(b) If any proceeding is brought for default under any ground or master lease to which this Lease is subject or in the event of foreclosure or the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage, deed of trust or other Security Document made by Landlord covering the Premises, at the election of such ground lessor, master lessor or purchaser at foreclosure, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize the same as Landlord under this Lease, provided such successor expressly agrees in writing to be bound to all future obligations by the terms of this Lease, and if so requested, Tenant shall enter into a new lease with that successor on the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease (for the unexpired term of this Lease then remaining). Tenant hereby waives its rights under any current or future law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any such foreclosure proceeding or sale.

(c) In addition to any statutory lien for Rent in Landlord’s favor, Landlord (the secured party for purposes hereof) shall have and Tenant (the debtor for purposes hereof) hereby grants to Landlord, an express contract lien and a continuing security interest to secure the payment of all Rent due hereunder from Tenant, upon all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property of Tenant (and any transferees or other occupants of the Premises) presently or hereafter situated on the Premises and upon all proceeds of any insurance which may accrue to Tenant by reason of damage or destruction of any such property. In the event of a default under this Lease, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies provided herein or by law, all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises is located, including without limitation the right to sell the property described in this paragraph at public or private sale upon ten (10) days’ notice to Tenant, which notice Tenant hereby agrees is adequate and reasonable. Tenant hereby agrees to execute such other instruments necessary or desirable in Landlord’s discretion to perfect the security interest hereby created. Any statutory lien for Rent is not hereby waived, the express contractual lien herein granted being in addition and supplementary thereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that this Lease and the security interest granted herein serve as a financing statement, and a copy or photographic or other reproduction of this paragraph of this Lease may be filed of record by Landlord and have the same force and effect as the original. Tenant warrants and represents that the collateral subject to the security interest granted herein is not purchased or used by Tenant for personal, family or household purposes. Tenant further warrants and represents to Landlord that the lien granted herein constitutes a first and superior lien and that Tenant will not allow the placing of any other lien upon any of the property described in this paragraph without the prior written consent of Landlord. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Paragraph 16(c) to the contrary, if Tenant desires to obtain a loan secured by Tenant’s personal property in the Premises and requests that Landlord execute a lien waiver in connection therewith, Landlord shall, in its reasonable discretion, based upon Landlord’s review of Tenant’s financial condition, agree to subordinate its lien rights to the rights of Tenant’s lender pursuant to a lien subordination on Landlord’s standard form, provided that Tenant delivers such request in writing to Landlord together with a nonrefundable processing fee in the amount of Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if Landlord incurs processing costs (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with any such request which exceed Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00), then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such excess within three (3) business days following Tenant’s receipt of invoice(s) therefor from Landlord. Nothing in this Paragraph 16(c) shall permit Tenant to encumber its leasehold interest in the Premises.

(d) Tenant shall, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying to those facts for which certification has been requested by Landlord or any current or prospective purchaser, holder of any Security Document, ground lessor or master lessor, including, but without limitation, that (i) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), (ii) the dates to which the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges hereunder have been paid, if any, and (iii) whether or not to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have knowledge. The form of the statement attached hereto as Exhibit D is hereby approved by Tenant for use pursuant to this subparagraph (d) ; however, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to use other forms for such purpose. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a material default under this Lease and, in any event, shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any such certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution. Any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 16 may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the fee of the Building or the Project or any mortgagee, ground lessor or other like encumbrances thereof or any assignee of any such encumbrance upon the Building or the Project.

17. SALE BY LANDLORD; TENANT ’S REMEDIES; NONRECOURSE LIABILITY

(a) In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building or the Project, Landlord shall be released from any and all liability under this Lease. If the Security Deposit has been deposited by Tenant to Landlord prior to such sale or conveyance, Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit to the purchaser, and upon delivery to Tenant of notice thereof, Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.

(b) Landlord shall not be in default of any obligation of Landlord hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences to cure such default within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Project and not thereafter. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

(d) As a condition to the effectiveness of any notice of default given by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall also concurrently give such notice under the provisions of Paragraph 17(b) to each beneficiary under a Security Document encumbering the Project of whom Tenant has received written notice (such notice to specify the address of the beneficiary). In the event Landlord shall fail to cure any breach or default within the time period specified in subparagraph (b) , then prior to the pursuit of any remedy therefor by Tenant, each such beneficiary shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured within such period, then each such beneficiary shall have such additional time as shall be necessary to cure such default, provided that within such thirty (30) day period, such beneficiary has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies available to it which are necessary to cure such default (including, without limitation, as appropriate, commencement of foreclosure proceedings).

18. PARKING; COMMON AREAS

(a) Tenant shall have the right to the nonexclusive use of the number of parking spaces located in the parking garage adjacent to the Building as specified in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions for the parking of operational motor vehicles used by Tenant, its officers and employees only, subject to availability as concerns non-reserved garage parking. Landlord reserves the right, at any time upon written notice to Tenant, to designate the location of Tenant’s parking spaces as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. The use of such spaces shall be subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time for the use of the parking areas. Landlord further reserves the right to make such changes to the parking system as Landlord may deem necessary or reasonable from time to time; i.e., Landlord may provide for one or a combination of parking systems, including, without limitation, self-parking, single or double stall parking spaces, and valet assisted parking. Except as is specified in Item 13 of the Basic Lease provisions, Tenant agrees that Tenant, its officers and employees shall not be entitled to park in any reserved or specially assigned areas designated by Landlord from time to time in the Building’s parking garage or other parking areas in the Project. Landlord may require execution of an agreement with respect to the use of such parking areas by Tenant and/or its officers and employees in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord as a condition of any such use by Tenant, its officers and employees. A default by Tenant, its officers or employees in the payment of any parking charges, the compliance with such rules and regulations, or the performance of such agreement(s) shall constitute a material default by Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s officers, employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

(b) Subject to subparagraph (c) below and the remaining provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right, in common with others, to the use of such entrances, lobbies, fire vestibules, common restrooms (excluding restrooms on any full floors leased by a tenant), mechanical areas, ground floor corridors, elevators and elevator foyers, electrical and janitorial closets, telephone and equipment rooms, loading and unloading areas, the Project’s plaza areas, if any, ramps, drives, stairs, and similar access ways and service ways and other common areas and facilities in and adjacent to the Building and the Project as are designated from time to time by Landlord for the general nonexclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and the other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, agents, representatives, licensees and invitees (“ Common Areas ”). The use of such Common Areas shall be subject to the rules and regulations contained herein and the provisions of any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Building or the Project. Tenant shall keep all of the Common Areas free and clear of any obstructions created or permitted by Tenant or resulting from Tenant’s operations, and shall use the Common Areas only for normal activities, parking and ingress and egress by Tenant and its employees, agents, representatives, licensees and invitees to and from the Premises, the Building or the Project. If, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, unauthorized persons are using the Common Areas by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Premises, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall correct such situation by appropriate action or proceedings against all such unauthorized persons. Nothing herein shall affect the rights of Landlord at any time to remove any such unauthorized persons from said areas or to prevent the use of any of said areas by unauthorized persons. Landlord reserves the right to make such changes, alterations, additions, deletions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Building, the Project (including the Premises) and the Common Areas as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, constructing new buildings and making changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading areas, landscaped areas and walkways; provided, however, that (i) there shall be no unreasonable permanent obstruction of access to or use of the Premises resulting therefrom, and (ii) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interruption with Tenant’s use of the Premises. In the event that the Project is not completed on the date of execution of this Lease, Landlord shall have the sole judgment and discretion to determine the architecture, design, appearance, construction, workmanship, materials and equipment with respect to construction of the Project. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the Common Areas shall not in any event be deemed to be a portion of or included within the Premises leased to Tenant and the Premises shall not be deemed to be a portion of the Common Areas. This Lease is granted subject to the terms hereof, the rights and interests of third parties under existing liens, ground leases, easements and encumbrances affecting such property, all zoning regulations, rules, ordinances, building restrictions and other laws and regulations now in effect or hereafter adopted by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project or any part thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord specifically reserves the right to redefine the term “ Project ” for purposes of allocating and calculating Operating Expenses so as to include or exclude areas as Landlord shall from time to time determine or specify (and any such determination or specification shall be without prejudice to Landlord’s right to revise thereafter such determination or specification). In addition, Landlord shall have the right to contract or otherwise arrange for amenities, services or utilities (the cost of which is included within Operating Expenses) to be on a common or shared basis to both the Project (i.e., the area with respect to which Operating Expenses are determined) and adjacent areas not included within the Project, so long as the basis on which the cost of such amenities, services or utilities is allocated to the Project is determined on an arms-length basis or some other basis reasonably determined by Landlord. In the case where the definition of the Project is revised for purposes of the allocation or determination of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Proportionate Share may be appropriately revised to equal the percentage share of all Rentable Area contained within the Project (as then defined) represented by the Premises. The Rentable Area of the Project and/or Building is subject to adjustment by Landlord from time to time to reflect any remeasurement thereof by Landlord’s architect, at Landlord’s request, and/or as a result of any additions or deletions to any of the buildings in the Project as designated by Landlord. Landlord shall have the sole right to determine which portions of the Project and other areas, if any, shall be served by common management, operation, maintenance and repair. Landlord shall also have the right, in its sole discretion, to allocate and prorate any portion or portions of the Operating Expenses on a building-by-building basis, on an aggregate basis of all buildings in the Project, or any other reasonable manner including, without limitation, the allocation of certain Project Operating Expenses to the various buildings in the Project, and if allocated on a building-by-building basis, then Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall, as to the portion of the Operating Expenses so allocated, be based on the ratio of the Rentable Area of the Premises to the Rentable Area of the Building. Landlord shall have the exclusive rights to the airspace above and around, and the subsurface below, the Premises and other portions of the Building and Project.

19. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Attorneys ’ Fees . In the event of any legal action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs (including, without limitation, court costs and expert witness fees) incurred in such action. Such amounts shall be included in any judgment rendered in any such action or proceeding.

(b) Waiver . No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or of any breach by Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof, or of any subsequent breach by Tenant. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval under this Lease shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, unless in writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of the keys to any employee or agent of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. The acceptance of any Rent by Landlord following a breach of this Lease by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of such breach or any other breach unless such waiver is expressly stated in a writing signed by Landlord.

(c) Notices . Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, disapproval or certificate (“ Notice ”) required or desired to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and given by certified mail, return receipt requested, by personal delivery or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (such as Federal Express or UPS) providing a receipt for delivery. Notices may not be given by facsimile. The date of giving any Notice shall be deemed to be the date upon which delivery is actually made by one of the methods described in this Paragraph 19 (c) (or attempted if said delivery is refused or rejected). If a Notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, disapprovals, or certificates shall be addressed at the address specified in Item 14 of the Basic Lease Provisions or to such other addresses as may be specified by written notice from Landlord to Tenant and if to Tenant, at the Premises. Either party may change its address by giving reasonable advance written Notice of its new address in accordance with the methods described in this Paragraph; provided, however, no notice of either party’s change of address shall be effective until fifteen (15) days after the addressee’s actual receipt thereof. For the purpose of this Lease, Landlord’s counsel may provide Notices to Tenant on behalf of Landlord and such notices shall be binding on Tenant as if such notices have been provided directly by Landlord.

(d) Access Control . Landlord shall be the sole determinant of the type and amount of any access control or courtesy guard services to be provided to the Project, if any. IN ALL EVENTS, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT, AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM AGAINST LANDLORD, FOR (I) ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR CRIMINAL ENTRY OF THIRD PARTIES INTO THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR THE PROJECT, (II) ANY DAMAGE TO PERSONS, OR (III) ANY LOSS OF PROPERTY IN AND ABOUT THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR THE PROJECT, BY OR FROM ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR CRIMINAL ACTS OF THIRD PARTIES, REGARDLESS OF ANY ACTION, INACTION, FAILURE, BREAKDOWN, MALFUNCTION AND/OR INSUFFICIENCY OF THE ACCESS CONTROL OR COURTESY GUARD SERVICES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD, IF ANY. Landlord shall assign to Tenant any claims which Landlord may have against third parties with respect to any unauthorized or criminal acts of third parties which result in loss or damage to Tenant. T enant shall provide such supplemental security services and shall install within the Premises such supplemental security equipment, systems and procedures as may reasonably be required for the protection of its employees and invitees, provided that Tenant shall coordinate such services and equipment with any security provided by Landlord. The determination of the extent to which such supplemental security equipment, systems and procedures are reasonably required shall be made in the sole judgment, and shall be the sole responsibility, of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that it has neither received nor relied upon any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to the safety or security of the Premises or the Project or any part thereof or the extent or effectiveness of any security measures or procedures now or hereafter provided by Landlord, and further acknowledges that Tenant has made its own independent determinations with respect to all such matters.

(e) Storage . Any storage space at any time leased to Tenant hereunder shall be used exclusively for storage. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide heating, cleaning, water or air conditioning therefor, and (ii) Landlord shall be obligated to provide to such storage space only such electricity as will, in Landlord’s judgment, be adequate to light said space as storage space.

(f) Holding Over . If Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination or expiration of the Lease Term, then Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election become a tenant at sufferance (and not a tenant at will), such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) shall be applicable during such holdover period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord from time to time, upon demand, as Base Rent for the holdover period, an amount equal to double the Base Rent in effect on the termination date, computed on a monthly basis for each month or part thereof during such holding over. All other payments (including payment of Additional Rent) shall continue under the terms of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall be liable for all damages incurred by Landlord as a result of such holding over. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Paragraph shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises.

(g) Condition of Premises . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED PURPOSE OR USE, WHICH DISCLAIMER IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY TENANT. THE TAKING OF POSSESSION BY TENANT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE THAT TENANT:

(i) ACCEPTS THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES FOR WHICH THE PREMISES WERE LEASED;

(ii) ACCEPTS THE PREMISES AND PROJECT AS BEING IN GOOD AND SATISFACTORY CONDITION;

(iii) WAIVES ANY DEFECTS IN THE PREMISES AND ITS APPURTENANCES EXISTING NOW OR IN THE FUTURE, EXCEPT THAT TENANT’S TAKING OF POSSESSION SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO WAIVE LANDLORD’S COMPLETION OF MINOR FINISH WORK ITEMS THAT DO NOT INTERFERE WITH TENANT’S OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES; AND

(iv) WAIVES ALL CLAIMS BASED ON ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY OR HABITABILITY.

(h) Quiet Possession . Upon Tenant’s paying the Rent reserved hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the term hereof without hindrance or ejection by any person lawfully claiming under Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease and to the provisions of any (i) covenants, conditions and restrictions, (ii) master lease, or (iii) Security Documents to which this Lease is subordinate or may be subordinated.

(i) Matters of Record . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder are subject and subordinate to all matters affecting Landlord’s title to the Project recorded in the Real Property Records of the County in which the Project is located, prior to and subsequent to the date hereof, including, without limitation, all covenants, conditions and restrictions. Tenant agrees for itself and all persons in possession or holding under it that it will comply with and not violate any such covenants, conditions and restrictions or other matters of record. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications as Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises, the Building or the Project, as long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, and covenants, conditions and restrictions do not materially interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall join in the execution of any of the aforementioned documents.

(j) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. Tenant shall attorn to each purchaser, successor or assignee of Landlord.

(k) Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the brokers named in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless for, from and against all claims for any brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar payments by any persons other than those listed in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions and all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with such claims, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

(l) Project or Building Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Additionally, Landlord shall have the exclusive right at all times during the Lease Term to change, modify, add to or otherwise alter the name, number, or designation of the Building and/or the Project, and Landlord shall not be liable for claims or damages of any kind which may be attributed thereto or result therefrom.

(m) Examination of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

(n) Time . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions.

(o) Defined Terms and Marginal Headings . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular and for purposes of Articles 5, 7, 13 and 18 , the term Landlord shall include Landlord, its employees, contractors and agents. The marginal headings and titles to the articles of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

(p) Conflict of Laws; Prior Agreements; Separability . This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease. No prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. The illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall in no way impair or invalidate any other provision of this Lease, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

(q) Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or limited liability company, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing corporation or limited liability company, that Tenant has and is qualified to do business in the State, that the corporation or limited liability company has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of the corporation is authorized to do so. If Tenant is a partnership or trust, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance with the terms of such entity’s partnership or trust agreement. Tenant shall provide Landlord on demand with such evidence of such authority as Landlord shall reasonably request, including, without limitation, resolutions, certificates and opinions of counsel. This Lease shall not be construed to create a partnership, joint venture or similar relationship or arrangement between Landlord and Tenant hereunder.

(r) Joint and Several Liability . If two or more individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations (or any combination of two or more thereof) shall sign this Lease as Tenant, the liability of each such individual, corporation, partnership or other business association to pay Rent and perform all other obligations hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several, and all notices, payments and agreements given or made by, with or to any one of such individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations shall be deemed to have been given or made by, with or to all of them. In like manner, if Tenant shall be a partnership or other business association, the members of which are, by virtue of statute or federal law, subject to personal liability, then the liability of each such member shall be joint and several.

(s) Rental Allocation . For purposes of Section 467 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time , Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to allocate all Rent to the period in which payment is due, or if later, the period in which Rent is paid.

(t) Rules and Regulations . Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations of the Building and the Project imposed by Landlord as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time upon reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any other tenant or any of its assignees, subtenants, or their respective agents, employees, representatives, invitees or licensees to conform to such rules and regulations.

(u) Joint Product . This Agreement is the result of arms-length negotiations between Landlord and Tenant and their respective attorneys. Accordingly, neither party shall be deemed to be the author of this Lease and this Lease shall not be construed against either party.

(v) Financial Statements . Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord, from time to time, with the most current audited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, certified by Tenant and an independent auditor to be true and correct, reflecting Tenant’s then current financial condition.

(w) Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorism, terrorist activities, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefore, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant’s obligations under Article 6 and Article 8 of this Lease and Paragraph 19(f) of this Lease (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

(x) Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(y) Waiver of Right to Jury Trial . LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CONTRACT OR TORT CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, CROSS-COMPLAINT, OR CAUSE OF ACTION IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR HEARING BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, OR TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE LEASED PREMISES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY CURRENT OR FUTURE LAW, STATUTE, REGULATION, CODE, OR ORDINANCE.

(z) Office and Communications Services . Landlord has advised Tenant that certain office and communications services may be offered to tenants of the Building by a concessionaire under contract to Landlord (“ Provider ”). Tenant shall be permitted to contract with Provider for the provision of any or all of such services on such terms and conditions as Tenant and Provider may agree. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Landlord has made no warranty or representation to Tenant with respect to the availability of any such services, or the quality, reliability or suitability thereof; (ii) the Provider is not acting as the agent or representative of Landlord in the provision of such services, and Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any failure or inadequacy of such services, or any equipment or facilities used in the furnishing thereof, or any act or omission of Provider, or its agents, employees, representatives, officers or contractors; (iii) Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for the installation, alteration, repair, maintenance, furnishing, operation, adjustment or removal of any such services, equipment or facilities; and (iv) any contract or other agreement between Tenant and Provider shall be independent of this Lease, the obligations of Tenant hereunder, and the rights of Landlord hereunder, and, without limiting the foregoing, no default or failure of Provider with respect to any such services, equipment or facilities, or under any contract or agreement relating thereto, shall have any effect on this Lease or give to Tenant any offset or defense to the full and timely performance of its obligations hereunder, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, or constitute any accrual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or otherwise give rise to any other claim of any nature against Landlord.

(aa) OFAC Compliance .

(i) Certification . Tenant certifies, represents, warrants and covenants that:

(A) It is not acting and will not act, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person”, or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and

(B) It is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation.

(ii) Indemnity . Tenant hereby agrees to defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims arising from or related to any such breach of the foregoing certifications, representations, warranties and covenants.

(bb) No Easement For Light, Air And View . This Lease conveys to Tenant no rights for any light, air or view; provided, that Landlord shall not install any signs or billboards in front of the windows of the Premises without the consent of Tenant which may be withheld in its sole discretion. No diminution of light, air or view, or any impairment of the visibility of the Premises from inside or outside the Building, by any structure or other object that may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rent under this Lease, constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

(cc) Nondisclosure of Lease Terms . Tenant agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord, and that disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate with other tenants. Tenant hereby agrees that Tenant and its partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, real estate brokers and sales persons and attorneys shall not disclose the terms of this Lease to any other person without Landlord’s prior written consent, except to any accountants of Tenant in connection with the preparation of Tenant’s financial statements or tax returns, to an assignee of this Lease or subtenant of the Premises, or to an entity or person to whom disclosure is require by applicable law or in connection with any action brought to enforce this Lease.

(dd) Inducement Recapture in Event of Default . Any agreement by Landlord for free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises, or for the giving or paying by Landlord to or for Tenant of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Tenant’s entering into this Lease, including, but not limited to, any tenant finish allowance, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions” shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence of an event of default (as defined in Paragraph 12 ) of this Lease by Tenant, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Landlord under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, and recoverable by Landlord, as additional rent due under this Lease, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said event of default by Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of rent or the cure of the event of default which initiated the operation of this Paragraph 19(dd) shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of the provisions of this Paragraph 19(dd) unless specifically so stated in writing by Landlord at the time of such acceptance.

(ee) ERISA . Tenant is not an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”), which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “plan” as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, which is subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and (b) the assets of Tenant do not constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and (c) Tenant is not a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, and assets of Tenant do not constitute plan assets of one or more such plans; or (d) transactions by or with Tenant are not in violation of state statutes applicable to Tenant regulating investments of and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans.

20. NONRECOURSE LIABILITY; WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND SPECIAL DAMAGES

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE TO THE CONTRARY, THE OBLIGATIONS OF LANDLORD UNDER THIS LEASE (INCLUDING ANY ACTUAL OR ALLEGED BREACH OR DEFAULT BY LANDLORD) DO NOT CONSTITUTE PERSONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE INDIVIDUAL PARTNERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, MEMBERS OR SHAREHOLDERS OF LANDLORD OR LANDLORD’S MEMBERS OR PARTNERS, AND TENANT SHALL NOT SEEK RECOURSE AGAINST THE INDIVIDUAL PARTNERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, MEMBERS OR SHAREHOLDERS OF LANDLORD OR AGAINST LANDLORD’S MEMBERS OR PARTNERS OR AGAINST ANY OTHER PERSONS OR ENTITIES HAVING ANY INTEREST IN LANDLORD, OR AGAINST ANY OF THEIR PERSONAL ASSETS FOR SATISFACTION OF ANY LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE. ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD FOR A DEFAULT BY LANDLORD UNDER THIS LEASE, OR A BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE LEASE, SHALL BE LIMITED SOLELY TO ITS INTEREST IN THE PROJECT, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD, ITS PARTNERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, MEMBERS, SHAREHOLDERS OR ANY OTHER PERSONS OR ENTITIES HAVING ANY INTEREST IN LANDLORD. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WHATSOEVER SHALL LANDLORD OR TENANT EVER BE LIABLE FOR PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES UNDER THIS LEASE AND EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO SUCH DAMAGES UNDER THIS LEASE IN THE EVENT OF A BREACH OR DEFAULT BY THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS LEASE.

21. RADON DISCLOSURE

In accordance with the requirements of Florida Statutes Section 404.056(5), the following notice is hereby given:

RADON GAS : Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health department.

22. WAIVERS BY TENANT

Tenant expressly waives all of the following: (a) the right of Tenant under Chapter 83.14 of the Florida Statutes to replevy distrained property; and (b) any rights it may have in the selection of venue in the event of suit by or against Landlord, it being understood that the venue of such suit shall be in Palm Beach County, Florida.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease to be effective as of the Effective Date.

“ TENANT ”: Witness #1: MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc., a Nevada /s/ Andreas Kusche corporation

Andreas Kusche, Head of Legal Printed Name of Witness #1 By: /s/ Michael Hansen Name: Michael Hansen Witness #2: Title: President, CEO

/s/ Kent Holmstoel

Kent Holmstoel, COO Printed Name of Witness #2

“ LANDLORD ”: Witness #1: 485 Properties, LLC, a Delaware limited liability /s/ Illegible company

Illegible By: /s/ Illegible Printed Name of Witness #1 Name: Illegible Title: Illegible Witness #2:

/s/ Illegible

Illegible Printed Name of Witness #2

EXHIBIT A-1

FLOOR PLAN OF THE PREMISES

A-1 - 1

EXHIBIT B

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

B-1

EXHIBIT C

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalks and public portions of Boca Center Tower I, such as entrances, passages, courts, parking areas, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or its employees, agents, invitees or guests nor shall they be used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades, louvered openings or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, unless installed by Landlord. No aerial or antenna shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises or on the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance.

3. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or Building or on corridor walls or doors or mounted on the inside of any windows without the prior written consent of Landlord. Signs on any entrance door or doors shall conform to Building standards and shall, at Tenant’s expense, be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by sign makers approved by Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Landlord may install and/or remove same without any liability and may charge the expense incurred to Tenant.

4. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, heating, ventilating and air conditioning vents and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, or its employees, agents, invitees or guests nor shall any bottles, parcels, or other articles be placed outside of the Premises.

5. No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the public halls, corridors or vestibules without the prior written consent of Landlord.

6. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of fixtures shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees, agents, invitees or guests shall have caused the same.

7. Tenant shall not in any way deface any part the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, or similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the Premises, and, if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

8. No animals of any kind (except seeing eye dogs) shall be brought upon the Premises or Building. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises except in conformity to law and then only in the utility kitchen (if a utility kitchen was provided for in the approved plans for the Premises or if Landlord has consented in writing thereto), which is to be primarily used by Tenant’s employees for heating beverages, microwave and toaster oven , and light snacks. Refrigerators and dishwasher shall also be approved for Tenant use. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or permeate from the Premises.

9. No office space in the Building shall be used for the distribution or for the storage of merchandise or for the sale at auction or otherwise of merchandise, goods or property of any kind.

10. Tenant shall not make or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of the Building or neighboring Premises or those having business with them, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, talking machine, unmusical noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of the doors or windows or down the corridors, stairwells or elevator shafts of the Building.

C-1

11. Neither Tenant nor any of Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees or guests shall at any time bring or keep upon the Premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive substance or any chemical substance, other than reasonable amounts of cleaning fluids and solvents required in the normal operation of Tenant’s business offices.

12. Landlord shall have a valid pass key to all spaces within the Premises at all times during the term of this Lease. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof, without the prior written consent of the Landlord and unless and until a duplicate key is delivered to Landlord. Tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, restore to the Landlord all keys to stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to or otherwise procured by such Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost thereof.

13. All deliveries, removals and/or the carrying in or out of any safes, freights, furniture or bulky matter of any description may be accomplished only with the prior approval of Landlord and then only in approved areas, through the approved loading/service area doors and during approved hours. Tenant shall assume all liability and risk with respect to such movements. Landlord may restrict the location where such heavy or bulky matters may be placed inside the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which can or may violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

14. Tenant shall not, unless otherwise approved by Landlord, occupy or permit any portion of the Premises demised to it to be occupied as, by or for a public stenographer or typist, barber shop, bootblacking, beauty shop or manicuring, beauty parlor, telephone or telegraph agency, telephone or secretarial service, messenger service, travel or tourist agency, employment agency, public restaurant or bar, commercial document reproduction or offset printing service, public vending machines, retail, wholesale or discount shop for sale of merchandise, retail service shop, labor union, school or classroom, governmental or quasi-governmental bureau, department or agency, including an autonomous governmental corporation, a firm the principal business of which is real estate brokerage, or a company engaged in the business of renting office or desk space; or for a public finance (personal loan) business, or for manufacturing. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises, except those actually working for Tenant on said Premises, nor advertise for labor giving an address at said Premises.

15. Tenant shall not create or use any advertising mentioning or exhibiting any likeness of Boca Center Tower I or of any aspect of Boca Center Tower I without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any such advertising which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall discontinue such advertising.

16. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. and at all hours on non-business days all persons who do not present a pass to the Building on a form or card approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for all its employees, agents, invitees or guests who have been issued such a pass at the request of Tenant and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

17. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping, or for any immoral, disreputable or illegal purposes, or for any purpose which may be dangerous to life, limb or property.

18. Any maintenance requirements of Tenant will be attended to by Landlord only upon application at the Landlord’s office at the Building. Landlord’s employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under specific instructions from the office of Landlord.

19. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling within the Building or in Project Common Areas are prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

C-2

20. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by Tenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise to Tenant, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards. No hand trucks shall be used in elevators other than those designated by Landlord as service elevators. All deliveries shall be confined to the service areas and through the approved service entries.

21. In order to obtain maximum effectiveness of the cooling system, Tenant shall lower and/or close Venetian or vertical blinds or drapes when the sun’s rays fall directly on the exterior windows of the Premises.

22. In the event that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the replacement of ceiling tiles becomes necessary after they have been removed on behalf of Tenant by telephone company installers or others (in both the Premises and the public corridors), the cost of such replacements shall be charged to Tenant on a per-tile basis.

23. All paneling or other wood products not considered furniture which Tenant shall install in the Premises shall be of fire- retardant materials. Prior to the installation of any such materials, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a satisfactory (in the reasonable opinion of Landlord) certification of such materials’ fire-retardant characteristics.

24. Tenant, and its employees, agents, invitees and guests shall not be permitted to occupy at any one time more than 4 parking spaces (including any garage parking spaces reserved exclusively for Tenant) for each one-thousand (1,000) Rentable Square Feet of space leased in the Building, with any fractional parking space resulting from such calculation rounded down to the nearest whole number. Usage of parking spaces other than garage parking spaces shall be in common with all other lessees of the Building and their employees, agents, invitees and guests. All parking spaces usage shall be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations for the sale and proper use thereof as Landlord may prescribe. Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees and guests shall abide by all posted roadway signs in and about the parking facilities.

25. All trucks and delivery vans shall be parked in designated areas only and not parked in spaces reserved for cars. All delivery service doors are to remain closed except during the time that deliveries, garbage removal or other approved uses are taking place therein. All loading and unloading of goods shall be done only at such times, in the areas and through the entrances designated for such purposes by Landlord.

26. Tenant shall be responsible for the removal and proper disposition of all crates, oversized trash, boxes and garbage from the Premises. The corridors, parking and delivery areas are to be kept clean from such items. Tenant shall provide convenient and adequate receptacles for the collection of standard items of trash and shall facilitate the removal of such trash by Landlord. Tenant shall ensure that liquids are not disposed of in such receptacles.

27. Tenant shall not conduct any business, loading or unloading, assembling or any other work connected with Tenant’s business in any public areas.

28. If and when requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly cause the Premises to be treated for pests by a licensed pest extermination contractor.

29. Landlord shall not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, equipment or money occurring within the Premises or Building, regardless of how or when the loss occurs.

30. Neither Tenant, nor its employees, agents, invitees or guests, shall paint or decorate the Premises, or mark, paint or cut into, drive nails or screw into nor in any way

31. deface any part of the Premises or Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant desires a signal, communications, alarm or other utility or service connection installed or changed, such work shall be done at the expense of Tenant, with the approval and under the direction of Landlord.

32. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of all accidents to or defects in air conditioning equipment, plumbing, electric facilities or any part or appurtenance of the Premises.

C-3

33. Whenever and to the extent that the above rules conflict with any of the rights or obligations of Tenant pursuant to the provisions of the Paragraphs of the Lease, the provisions of the Paragraphs shall govern.

C-4

EXHIBIT D

FORM TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

TO: ______( “ Landlord ”) ______and:

______(“ Third Party ”) ______

Re: Property Address: 5200 Town Center Circle, Boca Raton, FL 33476 Lease Date: , 2009 Between 485 Properties, LLC, Landlord and MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc., Tenant Square Footage Leased: 10,476 Suite No.: 601 Floor: 6th

The undersigned tenant (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to Third Party and Landlord as follows:

1. The above-described Lease has not been canceled, modified, assigned, extended or amended except ______.

2. Base Rent has been paid to the first day of the current month and all additional rent has been paid and collected in a current manner. There is no prepaid rent except $______, and the amount of the security deposit is $______.

3. Base Rent is currently payable in the amount of $ ______monthly exclusive of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses.

4. The Lease terminates on ______, 20__ subject to any renewal option(s) set forth in the Lease.

5. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required and has been accepted by Tenant, except ______.

6. The Lease is: (a) in full force and effect; (b) to Tenant’s actual knowledge, free from default; and (c) to Tenant’s actual knowledge, Tenant has no claims against the Landlord or offsets against rent.

7. The estimated amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, as defined in the said Lease, is ______%.

8. The undersigned has no right or option pursuant to the said Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the Premises or the Building of which the Premises are a part.

9. There are no other agreements written or oral between the undersigned and the Landlord with respect to the Lease and/or the Premises and Building.

10. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by the Landlord and by any prospective purchaser of the property of which the Premises is a part and its mortgage lender.

D-1

If a blank in this document is not filled in, the blank will be deemed to read “none”.

If Tenant is a corporation, the undersigned signatory is a duly appointed Officer of the corporation.

Dated this _____ day of ______, 20__.

Tenant: MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.

By: Name: Title:

D-2

EXHIBIT E

SCHEDULE OF PERSONAL PROPERTY [TO BE ADDED]

-i-

LEASE OF PREMISES 1 BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS 1 STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS 4 1. TERM 4 2. BASE RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT 5 3. ADDITIONAL RENT 6 4. IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS 10 5. REPAIRS 12 6. USE OF PREMISES 13 7. UTILITIES AND SERVICES 15 8. NON -LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD; INSURANCE 17 9. FIRE OR CASUALTY 20 10. EMINENT DOMAIN 20 11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 21 12. DEFAULT 23 13. ACCESS; CONSTRUCTION 27 14. BANKRUPTCY 27 15. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 28 16. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES 28 17. SALE BY LANDLORD; TENANT ’S REMEDIES; NONRECOURSE LIABILITY 29 18. PARKING; COMMON AREAS 30 19. MISCELLANEOUS 31 20. NONRECOURSE LIABILITY; WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND SPECIAL DAMAGES 37 21. RADON DISCLOSURE 37 22. WAIVERS BY TENANT 37

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A -1 Floor Plan(s) Exhibit A -2 Legal Description of the Project Exhibit B Intentionally Left Blank Exhibit C Building Rules and Regulations Exhibit D Form Tenant Estoppel Certificate Exhibit E Schedule of Personal Property in the Premises

-i-

EXHIBIT 21.1 Subsidiaries

Subsidiary Incorporation jurisdiction BSP Rewards, Inc. Florida CG Holdings, Ltd. Cyprus DUBLICOM Limited Cyprus DubLi Network Limited British Virgin Islands Lenox Logistik und Service GmbH Germany Lenox Resources, LLC Delaware DubLi Logistics LLC Delaware DubLi Properties, LLC Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated September 30, 2010 of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. of our report dated March 25, 2011, except for Note 15, as to which the date is January 12, 2012. related to the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of September 30, 2010 and for the year then ended, which appear in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011. In addition, we consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in the Registration Statement.

/s/Lake & Associates CPA’s LLC

Lake & Associates CPA’s LLC

Schaumburg, Illinois

January 21, 2012

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-169668) on Form S−8 of Media Group Technologies, Inc. of our report dated January 30, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Media Group Technologies, Inc. as of September 30, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2011.

/s/ CHERRY, BEKAERT & HOLLAND, L.L.P.

Coral Gables, Florida January 30, 2012

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael Hansen, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 (f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ MICHAEL HANSEN

Michael Hansen President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: January 30, 2012

Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark Mroczkowski, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc.;

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ MARK MROCZKOWSKI

Mark Mroczkowski Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Date: January 30, 2012

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MediaNet Group Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Company certifies that, to his knowledge:

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.

/s/ MICHAEL HANSEN

Michael Hansen President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: January 30, 2012

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

/s/ MARK MROCZKOWSKI

Mark Mroczkowski Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Date: January 30, 2012